Release v5.0.2

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew@archlinux.org>

.editorconfig

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-# EditorConfig configuration for pacman
-# https://editorconfig.org
-
-# Top-most EditorConfig file
-root = true
-
-# Unix-style newlines without trailing whitespaces, but with a newline
-# ending every file, utf-8 charset, set indent to tabs
-[*]
-end_of_line = lf
-insert_final_newline = true
-trim_trailing_whitespace = true
-charset = utf-8
-indent_style = tab
-
-[{NEWS,HACKING}]
-indent_style = space
-
-[meson.build]
-indent_style = space
-indent_size = 2
-
-[*.py]
-indent_style = space

.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
 *~
 *.o
+ABOUT-NLS
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache
+config.h
+config.h.in
+config.log
+config.status
+config.status.lineno
+configure
+configure.lineno
+cov-int
+cscope.in.out
+cscope.out
+cscope.po.out
+intl
+libtool
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
 pacman-*.tar.gz
+root
+stamp-h1
+tags

.gitlab-ci.yml

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-variables:
-  MAKEFLAGS: "-j10"
-  VERBOSE: 1
-
-default:
-  after_script:
-    - build-aux/print-failed-test-output build/meson-logs/testlog.json
-
-.arch-test:
-  image: archlinux:base-devel
-  before_script:
-    - >
-      pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm
-      git
-      gpgme libarchive curl
-      python
-      fakeroot fakechroot
-      meson
-  artifacts:
-      when: always
-      paths:
-        - build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
-
-arch:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - meson setup build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-arch-debug:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - meson setup --buildtype=debug --werror build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-arch-docs:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
-    - meson setup -Ddoc=enabled build
-    - ninja -C build
-
-arch-clang:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm clang
-    - CC=clang meson setup build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-#arch-valgrind:
-#  extends: .arch-test
-#  script:
-#    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm valgrind
-#    - pacman -U --noconfirm https://geo.mirror.pkgbuild.com/core-debug/os/x86_64/glibc-debug-$(pacman -S --print-format %v glibc)-x86_64.pkg.tar.zst
-#    - meson setup build
-#    - ninja -C build
-#    - PACTEST_VALGRIND=1 fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-arch-nettle:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - meson setup -Dcrypto=nettle --buildtype=debug build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-arch-no-gpg:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - meson setup -Dgpgme=disabled --buildtype=debug build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-arch-no-curl:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - meson setup -Dcurl=disabled --buildtype=debug build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-arch-no-nls:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - meson setup -Di18n=false --buildtype=debug build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-debian:
-  image: debian:bookworm
-  before_script:
-    - apt update
-    - >
-      apt -y install --no-install-recommends
-      git pkg-config meson gcc libtool
-      libgpgme-dev libarchive-dev libcurl4-openssl-dev libssl-dev curl
-      gettext python3 python3-setuptools dash gawk ca-certificates
-      fakeroot fakechroot
-  script:
-    - meson setup --buildtype=debug build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-fedora:
-  image: fedora
-  before_script:
-    - >
-      dnf -y install
-      git findutils patch sed
-      meson gcc libtool bsdtar
-      gpgme-devel libarchive-devel libcurl-devel openssl-devel gettext-devel
-      asciidoc python3 dash gawk
-      fakeroot fakechroot
-      perl-Module-Load-Conditional
-  script:
-    - meson setup --buildtype=debug build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - fakechroot meson test -C build
-
-pages:
-  extends: .arch-test
-  script:
-    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
-    - meson setup -Ddoc=enabled build
-    - ninja -C build html
-  artifacts:
-    paths:
-      - build/doc
-  publish: build/doc
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == "release/6.1.x"

.mailmap

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org> <d@falconindy.com>
 甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
 Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
-Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org> <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
+Jan Steffens <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
 Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
 Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org> <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
 Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar> <jotapesan@gmail.com>
 Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org> <manutortosa@gmail.com>
 Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
 Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de> <siquame@web.de>
-morganamilo <morganamilo@archlinux.org> <morganamilo@gmail.com>
 Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> <djszapi2@gmail.com>
 Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
 Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>

.tx/config

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 [main]
 host = https://www.transifex.com
 
-[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:libalpm-pot]
+[archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot]
 file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po
 source_file = lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
 source_lang = en
 
-[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:pacman-pot]
+[archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot]
 file_filter = src/pacman/po/<lang>.po
 source_file = src/pacman/po/pacman.pot
 source_lang = en
 
-[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:pacman-scripts-pot]
+[archlinux-pacman.pacman-scripts-pot]
 file_filter = scripts/po/<lang>.po
 source_file = scripts/po/pacman-scripts.pot
 source_lang = en

HACKING

@@ -11,8 +11,13 @@ Coding Style
 
 1.  All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
     this file.) A tab size of two spaces is used when calculating line widths,
-    which should be a maximum of 80 characters. An EditorConfig file is used
-    to set this project-wide default.
+    which should be a maximum of 80 characters. By default, source files
+    contain the following Vim modeline:
++
+[source,C]
+-------------------------------------------
+/* vim: set noet: */
+-------------------------------------------
 
 2.  When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
     brace on the same line as the beginning of the codeblock. The closing brace
@@ -176,3 +181,20 @@ For pacman:
 -------------------------------------------
 
 Never directly include config.h. This will always be added via Makefiles.
+
+GDB and Valgrind Usage
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When using GDB or valgrind on pacman, you will want to run it on the actual
+binary rather than the shell script wrapper produced by libtool. The actual
+binary lives at `src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman`, and will exist after running
+`./src/pacman/pacman` at least once.
+
+For example, to run valgrind:
+
+    ./src/pacman/pacman
+    valgrind --leak-check=full -- src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Syu
+
+/////
+vim:set syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.  This file is offered as-is,
+without warranty of any kind.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.  Some packages provide this
+`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+below.  The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
+necessarily a bug.  More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
+in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+   The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.  When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
+     recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
+     user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
+     privileges.
+
+  5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+     this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
+     This target does not install anything.  Running this target as a
+     regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
+     root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
+     correctly.
+
+  6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+  7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.  In practice, not all packages have tested that
+     uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
+     GNU Coding Standards.
+
+  8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
+     distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
+     targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
+     This target is generally not run by end users.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.  This
+is known as a "VPATH" build.
+
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+absolute file name.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.  In general, the
+default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
+specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+specifications that were not explicitly provided.
+
+   The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
+correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
+`make install' command line to change installation locations without
+having to reconfigure or recompile.
+
+   The first method involves providing an override variable for each
+affected directory.  For example, `make install
+prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
+directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
+`${prefix}'.  Any directories that were specified during `configure',
+but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
+time for the entire installation to be relocated.  The approach of
+makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
+the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
+However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
+shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
+method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+   The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable.  For
+example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+`/alternate/directory' before all installation names.  The approach of
+`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+does not work on platforms that have drive letters.  On the other hand,
+it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
+at `configure' time.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+   Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
+execution of `make' will be.  For these packages, running `./configure
+--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
+overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
+--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
+overridden with `make V=0'.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
+their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
+generated files such as `configure' are involved.  Use GNU `make'
+instead.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+   On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'.  This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in `/usr/bin'.  So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
+in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+
+   On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
+not `/usr/local'.  It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+     ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf limitation.  Until the limitation is lifted, you can use
+this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
+     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+     also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *note Installation Names::
+     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+     the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.

Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc test/pacman test/util test/scripts
+if WANT_DOC
+SUBDIRS += doc
+endif
+
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) contrib src/common
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 --install
+AM_MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory
+
+# Make sure we test and build manpages when doing distcheck
+DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --enable-doc --disable-git-version
+
+# Some files automatically included, so they aren't specified below:
+#   AUTHORS, COPYING, NEWS, README
+EXTRA_DIST = HACKING test/tap.sh
+
+# Sample makepkg prototype files
+pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = \
+	proto/PKGBUILD.proto \
+	proto/PKGBUILD-split.proto \
+	proto/PKGBUILD-vcs.proto \
+	proto/proto.install
+
+$(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/TESTS: $(wildcard test/pacman/tests/*.py)
+	@printf "TESTS += %s\n" $^ | LC_ALL=C sort -u > "$@"
+
+TESTS =  test/scripts/parseopts_test.sh \
+				 test/scripts/human_to_size_test.sh \
+				 test/scripts/makepkg-template_test.sh \
+				 test/scripts/pacman-db-upgrade-v9.py \
+				 test/util/pacsorttest.sh \
+				 test/util/vercmptest.sh
+include $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/TESTS
+
+TEST_SUITE_LOG = test/test-suite.log
+TEST_EXTENSIONS = .py
+AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+	PMTEST_UTIL_DIR=$(top_builddir)/src/util/; export PMTEST_UTIL_DIR; \
+	PMTEST_SCRIPT_DIR=$(top_builddir)/scripts/; export PMTEST_SCRIPT_DIR; \
+	PMTEST_SCRIPTLIB_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/scripts/library/; export PMTEST_SCRIPTLIB_DIR;
+LOG_DRIVER = env AM_TAP_AWK='$(AWK)' $(SHELL) \
+								 $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/tap-driver.sh
+PY_LOG_DRIVER = env AM_TAP_AWK='$(AWK)' $(SHELL) \
+								 $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/tap-driver.sh
+PY_LOG_COMPILER = $(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py
+AM_PY_LOG_FLAGS = \
+		--scriptlet-shell $(SCRIPTLET_SHELL) \
+		--ldconfig $(LDCONFIG) \
+		--bindir $(top_builddir)/src/pacman \
+		--bindir $(top_builddir)/scripts
+
+# create the pacman DB, cache, makepkg-template and system hook directories upon install
+install-data-local:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/pacman" "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/cache/pacman/pkg" \
+	           "$(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/makepkg-template" "$(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/libalpm/hooks"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+
+update-po:
+	$(MAKE) -C lib/libalpm/po update-po
+	$(MAKE) -C scripts/po update-po
+	$(MAKE) -C src/pacman/po update-po
+
+update-copyright:
+	for file in $(shell sh -c 'git grep -l "Copyright .* Pacman Development" | grep -v "\.po"'); do \
+	  sed -i -e "/Copyright (/s/-$(OLD)/-$(NEW)/" -e "/Copyright (/s/ $(OLD)/ $(OLD)-$(NEW)/" "$$file"; \
+	done
+
+.PHONY: update-po update-copyright
+
+# vim:set noet:

NEWS

@@ -1,443 +1,5 @@
 VERSION         DESCRIPTION
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-7.0.0         - Add DownloadUser configuration option used to drop-privileges
-                when downloading files.
-              - Download files to a temporary directory owned by DownloadUser
-              - On Linux systems, ensure the download process does not write
-                outside the download directory
-              - Add DisableSandbox option and --disable-sandbox flag to
-                disable the download write restrictions on Linux systems
-              - Ensure database and signature are downloaded from the same
-                location. Fixes the use of XferCommand.
-              - Use snprintf instead of sprintf
-              - Fix issue preventing use of _FORITIFY_SOURCE=3 when compiling
-              - Fix read-after-free issue when parsing config files
-              - Fix searching for files in an non-NULL by empty filelist
-              - Prevent buffer overflow with long scriptlet shell path
-              - repo-add:
-                - Fix issue with missing argument in parsepots for -k/--key
-                - Handle lack of newline at the end of .PKGINFO
-                - create empty databases when requested
-              - makepkg:
-                - Remove GITFLAGS support - this required multiple breaking
-                  changes to git source handling in order to fully support.
-                - Prevent MAKEFLAGS and CHOST from being disabled with
-                  options=(!buildenv)
-                - Fix unstable git checksumming, and dependence on user
-                  config
-                - Make "not a clone of" source errors visible with a new
-                  return code
-                - Document makepkg.conf.d dropin configuration
-                - Drop sudo permissions after use
-                - Prevent PKGBUILDs overriding BUILDENV
-                - only copy source files once when creating a debug package
-              - pacman-key:
-                - Fix permissions check for non-root operations
-6.1.0         - Add cache server support
-              - Improvements to --sysroot option - NOTE: targets to -U are no
-                longer interpreted relative to sysroot
-              - Add more format specifiers for --print operations
-              - Add extended data field for arbitrary package data
-              - Do not run hooks with --dbonly
-              - Provide more details when encountering file conflicts or
-                corrupt packages
-              - Improved WKD support (FS#73703, FS#73534)
-              - Improved handling of malformed download headers (FS#73704)
-              - Use openssl interfaces for calculating sha256 and md5 sums
-              - Fix multi download bar chomps
-              - makepkg:
-                - Replace libdepends and libprovides with autodeps
-                - Support configuration via makepkg.conf.d drop-ins
-                - Add GITFLAGS environment variable to customize checkouts
-                - Add -D option to change directory before building
-                - Implement verify() function for custom source verificaton
-                - Add checksum support for git/mercurial/bzr sources
-                - Improved stripping and debug package support
-                - Configurable LTO support
-                - Add source signing PGP keys to package if available
-                - Store "pkgtype" in xdata
-                - Remove md5sum from mtree files
-                - Document MAKEPKG_LIBRARY
-              - repo-add:
-                - Do not include package signature details in the repo. Add
-                  the --include-sigs to revert to old behaviour.
-                - Do not add md5sum to the repo database
-6.0.1         - Prevent download error pages ending up in package files
-                (FS#71083)
-              - Give -U downloads a random .part file name if needed
-                (FS#71464)
-              - Fix downloading signatures with redirecting URLs (FS#71148)
-              - Fix double free when importing PGP keys (FS#71107)
-              - Ensure signature files are named after original file
-                following redirects (FS#71274)
-              - Order downloads by size - largest to smallest (FS#70172)
-              - Fix reproducibility of man pages (FS#71154)
-              - makepkg:
-                - Fix stripping debug symbols with binutils 2.37 (FS#71722)
-                - Export PYTHONHASHSEED for reproducible python packages
-              - pacman-key:
-                - Quieten trust db checks.
-6.0.0         - internal downloader can retrieve files in parallel (FS#20056)
-              - an additional progress bar is added to track total download
-                progress.  This replaces the previous TotalDownload option.
-              - fix download rates becoming negative
-              - skip mirror servers with too many errors (FS#29293)
-              - package signatures are always retrieved even if signature is
-                embedded in repo database or package is in cache (FS#33992)
-              - detached package signatures found in CacheDir can be used to
-                verify packages if signature is not in the database. Also
-                verify packages checksums from repo db when using detached
-                signatures.
-              - add support for multiple 'Architecture' values
-              - -Qkk now validates file checksums in addition to date/size
-              - colored upgrade summary now dulls version numbers for contrast
-              - libalpm frontends can now supply context to callbacks (FS#12721)
-              - support xattr when extracting packages
-              - allow setting --noprogressbar in pacman.conf
-              - fix output alignment for CJK translated text (FS#59229)
-              - fix reading targets from stdin when using --sysroot (FS#68630)
-              - fix deleting signatures for existing databases with -Sc
-              - check for and forbid duplicate download filenames (FS#67850)
-              - -Fx now reports error for invalid regex
-              - remove support for the autotools build system
-              - meson: properly compile internal symbols as hidden
-              - meson: make -uninstalled.pc correct
-              - fix build errors on systems like FreeBSD
-              - makepkg:
-                - add link time optimization support to makepkg
-                - add support for sources using the fossil VCS
-                - allow specifying alternative authentication commands when
-                  running pacman as root (FS#32621)
-                - support zstd decompression for sources
-                - strip: fix removing file attributes such as xattr
-                - switch to CRC as default integrity checksum
-                - record $startdir for reproducible builds
-                - record name of build orchestration tool for reproducible builds
-                - fix signing of source packages
-                - add optional argument support to parseopts
-                - reduce dependency on file for detecting ELF files
-                - remove dependency on GNU sed
-                - avoid trailing whitespace in --printsrcinfo output
-                - libprovides: don't provide both versioned and unversioned
-                  sonames
-                - don't double-layer distcc on ccache
-                - fix detection of source file names for debug packages with
-                  gcc 11
-                - strip: silence warnings emitted by readelf while detecting
-                  source filenames
-                - fix use of spaces in source file renaming (FS#70254)
-              - pacman-key:
-                - --refresh-keys queries WKD before keyserver
-                - be less noisy when populating the keyring (FS#64142)
-                - warn about time taken for master key generation
-              - repo-add:
-                - support the same compression methods as makepkg
-              - zsh completion: add pacman-conf support
-              - various documentation updates
-              - after a decade and a half of promising libalpm.3 documentation
-                "once we get around to doing good Doxygen documentation", it
-                has happened!
-5.2.2         - fix pacman test suite under python 3.8
-              - only prompt to import new keys once in a transaction
-              - fix handling of fully downloaded .part files
-              - increase maximum database size (FS#65197)
-              - fix segfault in alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled
-              - change config parsing warnings to errors to match actual
-                behavior
-              - fix key extraction for signatures with two-octet sub-packet
-                headers
-              - fix documentation typos (FS#67000)
-              - change master signing key to RSA4096
-              - improve error message when building without autoconf-archive
-              - pacman-conf:
-                - allow querying ILoveCandy individually
-                - fix querying NoExtract individually
-              - makepkg:
-                - fix seccmp-related error while stripping binaries (FS#65100)
-                - fix extraction of file:// sources (FS#64648)
-                - allow $pkgname in install and changelog file names (FS#64932)
-                - sort libprovides for reproducibility
-                - strip: don't re-add the same debug source multiple times
-                - error on empty refspecs in git sources
-                - correctly handle missing download clients
-                - fix splitting multi-line error messages across stdout and
-                  stderr
-                - handle GPGKEY with spaces (FS#66949)
-                - do not accept public-only keys for signing
-              - repo-add:
-                - handle GPGKEY with spaces (FS#66949)
-                - do not accept public-only keys for signing
-5.2.1         - fix segfault on importing PGP keys for -U operations
-              - fix distribution of meson files
-              - fix inode command for darwin/bsd
-              - distribute all documentation files
-              - update bash/zsh completion for -F changes, remove --force
-              - makepkg:
-                - fix calculation of package sizes in presence of hardlinks
-                - do not warn about PACKAGER format if not set
-                - only run --clean when a package is built
-              - repo-add:
-                - fix compression of databases with zstd (FS#64213)
-5.2.0         - completely remove delta support (CVE-2019-18183)
-              - add support to pacman and pacman-key for downloading PGP
-                signing keys using the WKD protocol (FS#63171)
-              - completely remove the --force option
-              - renovate and simplify the UI for -F (FS#47949)
-              - hooks: rename type File to Path, for accuracy
-              - add the meson build system as an alternative to autotools, and
-                distribute it in autotools dist tarballs
-              - switch from system() to exec() when using alternative download
-                agents for XferCommand; this prevents a potential source of
-                shell injection (CVE-2019-18182)
-              - ignore .hook suffix when sorting libalpm hooks
-              - update the minimum requirement of bash to 4.4
-              - scripts: pass on options such as set -x to child processes
-              - show group and installed status during -Fs
-              - user-visible log when validity check fails due to access
-              - port pactest to python3
-              - process --needed before group selection when resolving the
-                dependencies to prompt for (FS#22870)
-              - don't error when a group exists but all packages are ignored
-              - bash completion now completes when it should, and doesn't
-                complete when it shouldn't (FS#59965)
-              - improve error message when gpg support is missing (FS#60880)
-              - don't emit confusing errors when a package is simultaneously
-                replaced and upgraded (FS#50875, FS#55534)
-              - better warning message when skipping duplicate targets
-                (FS#49377)
-              - libalpm: parse {check, make}depends when reading database
-                (FS#60347)
-              - add [ignored] to -Qu output for packages in repos that are not
-                Usage = Upgrade (FS#59854)
-              - prevent 301 redirect loop from hanging libalpm
-              - use standard, consistent units in the download progress
-                (FS#59201)
-              - fix segfault when Usage is specified without a value
-              - include timezones in pacman.log
-              - bash-completion: use POSIX character classes for portability
-              - correctly report a download failure for 404s
-              - fix handling of signals during SIGSEGV
-              - fix buffer overread in pacman/callback
-              - fix crash when downloading files with a Content-Disposition
-                that has no directory component
-              - pacman-conf, testpkg are now properly localized
-              - when -F returns zero results, set a failing exit code
-              - improve wording for the error message when a package cannot be
-                removed due to dependencies
-              - fix segfaults and other incorrect behavior when using -Qip if
-                pacman was compiled without GPGME support
-              - makepkg:
-                - implement extendable source/signature verification routines
-                  within libmakepkg (FS#49076)
-                - if pacman is in use, wait until it is available before
-                  continuing (FS#28840)
-                - add support for lzip, lz4 and zst compressed packages
-                  (FS#56676, FS#59081)
-                - add new checksum algorithm, b2sum
-                - various improvements to PKGBUILD linting
-                - when signing packages, report package filename on failure
-                - fix pkgver() function not aborting on errors
-                - remove checksum algorithm whirlpoolsum as it has not worked
-                  for a long time
-                - reject PKGBUILDs with both split and non-split package
-                  functions
-                - send status messages to stderr rather than stdout (FS#17173)
-                - ensure debug buildflags are unset when they are supposed to be
-                - buildenv and executable detection, definitions for the
-                  PKGBUILD schema, and makepkg.conf loading are now part of
-                  libmakepkg
-                - fix broken check for the fakeroot binary
-                - improve the error message for invalid dependency versioning
-                - add routine for linting $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
-                - fix the error code when no PKGBUILD exists
-                - use --unneeded when removing build deps to allow runtime-only
-                  deps to work well with makepkg -sir (FS#32723)
-                - compute package sizes correctly across different filesystems
-                - use shared clones for git sources to save space when building
-                - fix reporting of invalid archive extensions
-                - correctly handle hg sources with updates on a non-default
-                  branch
-                - install pkg-config file for libmakepkg's library directory
-                - propagate error codes when package failed to sign correctly
-                - be compatible with file 5.37's application/gzip MIME type
-                - forbid non-ASCII pkgname and pkgver (FS#49342)
-                - fix exiting on failure without ensuring dependencies are
-                  prompted for removal (FS#63000)
-                - quiet superfluous warnings for missing debug source files for
-                  artificial symbols
-                - add routine for linting $PACKAGER to check that it has a
-                  valid name and email address, and document the desired format
-                  in makepkg.conf(5)
-                - add rust support for *FLAGS and debug-prefix-map
-                - correctly handle a system file command with seccomp enabled
-                  (FS#58626)
-                - try to more thoroughly clean up logpipe during unusual exit
-                  states such as CTRL-C
-                - when installing packages with -sir, be more robust against
-                  conflicting makedepends by always uninstalling them first
-                - fix exit code when removing deps fails
-                - reproducible builds: suppress filesystem-specific archive
-                  metadata from built packages as they are not needed
-              - pacman-key:
-                - just accept one file to verify, and enforce detached sigs
-                  (FS#52022)
-                - after recent GnuPG updates, ensure the Web of Trust is still
-                  used
-                - clean keys during import to reduce size consumed by unusable
-                  signatures
-              - repo-add:
-                - add support for zst compressed databases
-                - print the name of the database when extracting
-                - do not infinitely loop on malformed arguments with embedded
-                  globs
-                - add option to prevent downgrading (FS#17752)
-              - various documentation updates
-5.1.3         - Sanitize file name received from Content-Disposition header
-                during -U (CVE-2019-9686)
-5.1.2         - pacman-conf: add missing DisableDownloadTimeout support
-              - Include version when checking optdepend install status
-                during -Qi (FS#60106)
-              - Improve error message for unresolvable urls (FS#48285)
-              - Do not raise SIGINT when a downloaded file exceeds the expected
-                size
-              - Fix previous download interruption status carrying over to new
-                downloads
-              - Reset known signal handlers before running install scripts or
-                hooks (FS#56756)
-              - Properly handle signal interrupts while running install scripts
-                or hooks (FS#60396)
-              - Allow explicitly disabling signature checks when compiled
-                without signature support (FS#60880)
-              - makepkg: fix linting error on environment variables (FS#60681)
-5.1.1         - Allow full path including root prefix to be passed to
-                --overwrite
-              - Revert deprecation of --root
-              - Document comment syntax restrictions in pacman.conf
-              - makepkg:
-                - handle pre-existing directories when checking for write
-                  permissions
-                - reduce restrictions on pkgver in depends listings (FS#58776)
-                - permit versioned optdepends
-                - remove unintended chmod of $BUILDDIR (FS#58790)
-                - fix issue when $startdir was not an absolute path (FS#58865)
-                - fix syntax error when $pkgname is empty
-                - fix --nocolor being passed to pacman (FS#58820)
-                - fix issues with trap handling
-                - fix several issues with debug packages (signing, printing of
-                  package names, clearing of global package options, source
-                  file inclusion)
-                - fix --help text for --packagelist
-              - pacman-conf: Fix detection of Usage option
-5.1.0         - Add new --overwrite option and deprecate --force. This accepts a
-                glob pattern with far more control than the widely abused force
-                option which mostly just causes issues (FS#31549)
-              - Add new --sysroot option and deprecate --root. This uses the
-                guest configuration instead of the host configuration, which is
-                what most people erroneously thought --root would do
-              - introduce a 'disable-download-timeout' option
-              - remove contrib - this is now maintained in a separate project
-              - report the owner of an existing file, if any, when erroring out
-                on a file conflict
-              - resolve cyclic dependencies when calculating unneeded dependency
-                trees (FS#41031)
-              - report the needed command to download missing databases for the
-                -F and -S actions
-              - don't error if -Qo cannot find the file it is querying on disk
-                (FS#55856)
-              - support new-style OpenPGP format packets lengths
-              - support EDDSA from gpgme 1.7.0
-              - fix continuously trying to open invalid databases and reporting
-                excessively excessive redundant error messages excessively
-              - fix the download callback erroneously reporting itself too many
-                times with --noprogressbar, or reporting inaccurate times for
-                small files (FS#56408, FS#56468)
-              - fix erroneous negative speed in download progressbar (FS#43434)
-              - parse stdin as newline-separated instead of whitespace-separated
-                (FS#52992)
-              - when printing urls in the package cache, print the file url
-                instead (FS#15868)
-              - add color to group selection dialogs and -{F,Q}o
-              - the -Q option now respects provides (FS#20650)
-              - remove notification of system upgrade when only printing URLs
-              - print replacements when using -Sup (FS#35812)
-              - fix -Qk and -r checking for the root prefix twice (FS#48563)
-              - Do not recognize # as a comment unless it is at the beginning of
-                a line. This allows using it as a value in ini files (FS#48702)
-              - ignore comments when examining INSTALL files (FS#51916)
-              - match multi-byte user input properly (FS#47992)
-              - abort transactions if even one database fails to sync (FS#47599)
-              - do not resolve uid/gid to names when extracting files with -r
-              - --dbonly now properly extracts metadata files (FS#52052)
-              - remove support for internal checksumming implementations, and
-                require at least one of openssl or nettle to exist
-              - consider provides to satisfy optdepends when warning for removal
-                or logging new optdepends during a transaction, as was already
-                the case for -Qi
-              - -Dk now reports if it is successful (FS#50087)
-              - consider version for optdepends (FS#44957)
-              - remove vim modelines in favor of EditorConfig
-              - implement pacman-conf, a new tool to safely parse pacman.conf,
-                and use it in internal scripts
-              - bash completion now completes -Qn
-              - various small documentation updates
-              - makepkg:
-                - Reproducible build support. makepkg now respects environment
-                  SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH when creating package metadata, and unifies
-                  source file timestamps to match
-                - add more info to .BUILDINFO to aid in reproducing the build
-                  environment of a package
-                - it is now possible to check the signature of VCS sources
-                  (currently only git is supported)
-                - use informative exit codes when exiting with errors (FS#54204)
-                - lint_pkgbuild has vastly improved linting of pkgname and
-                  variables that can contain pkgname/pkgver (FS#57833)
-                - implement linting for makepkg.conf
-                - fix using libmakepkg in external scripts without extglob
-                - fix handling of configurable directories e.g. PKGDEST to align
-                  with their documented behavior, and consistently check that
-                  they can be used (FS#43537)
-                - parseopts, srcinfo, and integrity are now part of libmakepkg
-                - consistently use coreutils for checksumming instead of openssl
-                  (which may be replaced by nettle in pacman)
-                - lint build_references now prints affected filenames (FS#31558)
-                - lint_package can now abort on fatal packaging errors
-                - lint_package now checks for filenames with newline characters
-                - lint_package now checks for root-level /.dotfiles
-                - debug packages are now per pkgbase, not per pkgname
-                - debug packages now contain source files to allow the debugger
-                  to step through code
-                - remove optipng and upx support - these can now be plugged into
-                  libmakepkg
-                - fix emptydirs support with newer findutils (FS#48515)
-                - ignore architecture for --printsrcinfo
-                - makepkg --printsrcinfo now correctly lists depends_$CARCH
-                  instead of merging this into depends
-                - fix bug in is_array that broke packages with arch-dependent
-                  sources only (FS#48340)
-                - move package signing outside of fakeroot which is incompatible
-                  with recent gnupg versions (FS#49946)
-                - makepkg --clean now cleans up logfiles (FS#51039)
-                - when using $PKGDEST, do not symlink build artifacts into
-                  current directory
-                - --packagelist now lists the built filenames, rather than all
-                  possible basenames without extensions
-                - fix --geninteg not properly ignoring renamed signature files
-                - use localized date strings
-                - ensure sane umask is set both before and after installing deps
-                - adapt to file(1) changes in order to continue to strip PIE
-                  executables
-              - repo-add:
-                - don't recreate the database when only verifying signature
-                  (FS#48085)
-                - fix error when repo directory path contains spaces (FS#50285)
-              - pacman-key:
-                - reject armored signatures
-                - don't set a default keyserver, deferring to gpg's sane default
-                - disable scdaemon as we don't use it and it breaks --lsign when
-                  a smartcard is plugged into the machine
-              - vercmp:
-                - remove duplicate, undocumented --usage option
-                - fail when the wrong number of arguments are used (FS#49093)
 5.0.2         - fix database file checks with -Qkk and non-standard root
                 (FS#48563)
               - improve optdepend detection for status messages (FS#44957)
@@ -461,7 +23,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - fix triggering of Install hooks (FS#47996)
               - fix handling of stdin scripts called by pacman
               - hook activity is logged
-              - documentation updates for alpm-hooks (FS#48080)
+              - documentataion updates for alpm-hooks (FS#48080)
               - makepkg:
                 - increase robustness of variable array checks
                 - makepkg -g does not perform current architecture checks
@@ -553,9 +115,9 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - Fix removal of static libraries when the shared library
                   uses the absolute path in symbolic links (FS#43395)
                 - Improve Bazaar cloning (FS#43448)
-                - Fix issues with architecture dependent checksum
+                - Fix issues with architecture dependant checksum
                   verification (FS#43192)
-                - Fix .SRCINFO file with architecture dependent fields
+                - Fix .SRCINFO file with architecture dependant fields
                   (FS#43247)
                 - Fix compatibility with older bash versions
                 - Allow git checkouts to be downloaded into directory ending
@@ -618,8 +180,8 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - remove --asroot and enforce fakeroot usage
                 - all PKGBUILDs require a package() function
                 - PKGBUILDs can no longer be read from stdin
-                - enable make-style environment variable overrides
-                - Read CARCH environment variable (FS#35030)
+                - enable make style environmental overrides
+                - Read CARCH environmental variable (FS#35030)
                 - makedepends and checkdepends are installed together (FS#31557)
                 - added support for sha224 checksums (FS#36776)
                 - remove warning when license is not specified in PKGBUILD
@@ -645,11 +207,11 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - checkupdates: rename CHECKUPDATE_DB to CHECKUPDATES_DB
                 - pacdiff: add a "Quit" option, and many other improvements
                 - pacsysclean is removed
-4.1.2         - validate %FILEPATH% when parsing repos to prevent arbitrary
+4.1.2         - validate %FILEPATH% when parsing repos to prevent arbitary
                 file overwrites from malicious databases
               - makepkg:
                 - restrict package name from starting with a dot
-                - fix Bazaar source revision support (FS#35281)
+                - fix BZR source revision support (FS#35281)
                 - Use LOGDEST for log pipe
                 - fix distcc disabling (FS#35741)
                 - correct stat usage on BSD/Darwin (FS#35469)
@@ -665,7 +227,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 FS#34716, FS#35097)
               - makepkg:
                 - improve SVN VCS PKGBUILD handling (FS#34675, FS#34636)
-                - allow "lp:" URLs for Bazaar sources (FS#34650)
+                - allow "lp:" URLs for BZR sources (FS#34650)
                 - prevent pkgver() capturing stderr (FS#34974)
                 - fix attempt to remove package twice on failure (FS#34672)
               - contrib:
@@ -716,7 +278,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - pkgrel must be in decimal format
                 - PKGBUILDs without package() functions are deprecated
                 - support specifying CPPFLAGS in makepkg.conf
-                - support PACKAGER environment variable
+                - support PACKAGER environmental variable
                 - allow source renaming to work on signature files
                 - configurable compression options (FS#27430)
                 - allow multiple packages to be build when using
@@ -730,7 +292,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - add LOGDEST configuration option
                 - install makedepends with --repackage
               - repo-add:
-                - honor TMPDIR environment variable
+                - honor TMPDIR environmental variable
                 - add makedepends/checkdepends information to database
               - pacman-key:
                 - fix importing keys with quotes in file name (FS#28445)
@@ -1110,7 +672,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - repo-add: use openssl instead of md5sum
               - simplify doc building process for ease of development
               - ensure correct handling of syscall interruptions
-              - re-add missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
+              - readd missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
               - fix TotalDownload regression (FS#11339)
               - makepkg:
                 - replace getopt with an internal function
@@ -1338,7 +900,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - add source package creation option
               - rankmirrors- allow reading from stdin (FS#8043)
               - and many other updates: 198 bugs/FRs closed since 3.0.0 release
-              - switch to Git for source code management
+              - switch to GIT for source code management
 3.0.6         - config files updated to reflect current -> core change
               - fix symlink overwriting issue (FS#7484)
               - fix config parsing with tr_TR locale (FS#7235)
@@ -1490,7 +1052,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - Cleanup db_loadpkgs(), add list_add_sorted()
               - Fixed a memory leak in db_find_conflicts()
 2.8.3         - Fixed a little makepkg bug with bash 3.0
-              - Fixed resolvedeps to always prefer literals over providers
+              - Fixed resolvedeps to always prefer literals over provisios
               - Added --config option to specify an alternate config file
               - Added "Include" directive to include repositories from
                 config files (inspired by Michael Baehr's patch)
@@ -1556,7 +1118,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 external download utility like wget
               - added a license field to package meta-data
               - add url support to -A and -U operations (download packages)
-              - -Ss now searches through provides fields
+              - -Ss now searches thru provides fields
               - added --dbonly option to -R
 2.7.6         - added --print-uris option
               - fixed an http download bug (FS#667)
@@ -1714,3 +1276,5 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 backed up, then it will be copied to "file.save"
               - Changed db_find_conflicts() to ignore directories
 1.0           - Initial Release
+
+vim: set et spell spelllang=en_us:

README

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Package Management) library. This document, while not exhaustive, also
 indicates some limitations (on purpose, or sometimes due to its poor design) of
 the library at the present time.
 
-There is one special file, "alpm.h", which is the public interface that
+There is one special file,"alpm.h", which is the public interface that
 should be distributed and installed on systems with the library. Only
 structures, data and functions declared within this file are made available to
 the frontend. Lots of structures are of an opaque type and their fields are
@@ -52,11 +52,13 @@ library is initialized.
 * logcb: The callback function for "log" operations.
 * dlcb: The callback function for download progress of each package.
 * fetchcb: Callback for custom download function.
+* totaldlcb: The callback function for overall download progress.
 * eventcb: Callback for transaction messages.
 * questioncb: Callback for selecting amongst choices.
 * progresscb: Callback to handle display of transaction progress.
 * gpgdir: Directory where GnuPG files are stored.
 * arch: Allowed package architecture.
+* deltaratio: Download deltas if possible; a ratio value.
 * checkspace: Check disk space before installing.
 * default_siglevel: Default signature verification level.
 * local_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for local file upgrades.
@@ -194,8 +196,8 @@ remove.c and sync.c).
 
 The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf".  Some
 of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly the ones used to
-control the output like verbosepkglist, or the behavior with cleanmethod).
-The rest is used to configure the library.
+control the output like totaldownload, or the behavior with cleanmethod and
+syncfirst).  The rest is used to configure the library.
 
 
 [UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
@@ -239,7 +241,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.1 AND 3.2
 - alpm_checkdbconflicts()
 - alpm_sync_newversion()
 - alpm_deptest()
-- error codes:
+- error codes :
     PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD and
     PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD
 - flags:
@@ -352,7 +354,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
      - alpm_db_get_pkg() for normal targets
      - alpm_find_dbs_satisfier() for versioned provisions
      - alpm_find_grp_pkgs() for groups
-- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexible alpm_find_satisfier()
+- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexibile alpm_find_satisfier()
 - size_t used for alpm_list_t sizes
   - return type for alpm_list_count()
   - parameter type in alpm_list_msort() and alpm_list_nth()
@@ -362,11 +364,11 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
 - alpm_find_grp_pkgs()
 - alpm_trans_get_flags()
 - error codes:
-    PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
-- flags:
-    PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
-    PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
-    PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
+   PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
+- flags
+   PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
+   PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
+   PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
 
 
 API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
@@ -419,7 +421,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
   - alpm_release
   - alpm_remove_pkg
   - alpm_sync_sysupgrade
-- several structs are no longer opaque:
+- several structs are no longer opaque
   - alpm_conflict_t
   - alpm_delta_t
   - alpm_depend_t
@@ -431,33 +433,19 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
 
 [ADDED]
 - option functions:
-  - alpm_{get,set}_eventcb()
-  - alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb()
-  - alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
+    alpm_{get,set}_eventcb(), alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb(),
+	alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
 - package signing functions:
-  - alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
-  - alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
-  - alpm_option_get_gpgdir()
-  - alpm_option_set_gpgdir()
-  - alpm_db_get_siglevel()
-  - alpm_siglist_cleanup()
-  - alpm_db_check_pgp_signature()
-  - alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_origin()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
+    alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(), alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(),
+    alpm_option_get_gpgdir(), alpm_option_set_gpgdir(), alpm_db_get_siglevel(),
+    alpm_siglist_cleanup(), alpm_db_check_pgp_signature(), alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature(),
+    alpm_pkg_get_origin(), alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum(), alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
 - list functions:
-  - alpm_list_to_array()
-  - alpm_list_previous()
+    alpm_list_to_array(), alpm_list_previous()
 - structs:
-  - alpm_backup_t
-  - alpm_file_t
-  - alpm_filelist_t
+    alpm_backup_t, alpm_file_t, alpm_filelist_t
 - enums:
-  - alpm_siglevel_t
-  - alpm_sigstatus_t
-  - alpm_sigvalidity_t
-  - alpm_pkgfrom_t
+    alpm_siglevel_t, alpm_sigstatus_t, alpm_sigvalidity_t, alpm_pkgfrom_t
 - error codes:
     ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_GPGME,
     ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID,
@@ -484,10 +472,10 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.0 AND 4.1
   - alpm_db_unregister_all -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
   - alpm_db_readgroup -> alpm_db_get_group
   - alpm_db_set_pkgreason -> alpm_pkg_set_reason (handle parameter removed)
-- alpm_time_t typedef used for all times:
+- alpm_time_t typedef used for all times
   - members of alpm_pgpkey_t
   - return types of alpm_pkg_get_builddate and alpm_pkg_get_installdate
-- delta options now use required ratio rather than on/off:
+- delta options now use required ratio rather than on/off
   - alpm_option_get_usedelta -> alpm_option_get_deltaratio
   - alpm_option_set_usedelta -> alpm_option_set_deltaratio
 
@@ -504,21 +492,21 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.0 AND 4.1
   - alpm_db_usage_t
   - alpm_db_set_usage()
   - alpm_db_get_usage()
-- wrapper functions for reading mtree files:
+- wrapper functions for reading mtree files
   - alpm_pkg_mtree_open()
   - alpm_pkg_mtree_next()
   - alpm_pkg_mtree_close()
-- utility functions:
+- utility functions
   - alpm_pkg_find()
   - alpm_pkg_compute_optionalfor()
   - alpm_filelist_contains()
-- types:
+- types
   - alpm_time_t
   - alpm_errno_t
-- flags:
-    ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED, ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
-    ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_START, ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_START,
-    ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_PROGRESS_KEYRING_START
+- flags
+   ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED, ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
+   ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_START, ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_START,
+   ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_PROGRESS_KEYRING_START
 
 
 API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.1 AND 4.2
@@ -527,49 +515,49 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.1 AND 4.2
 [CHANGED]
 - alpm_filelist_t - removed member resolved_path
 - alpm_filelist_contains - now returns alpm_file_t
-- event callback:
-  - alpm_event_t renamed to alpm_event_type_t
-  - alpm_event_t union added
-  - alpm_event_cb now takes only an alpm_event_t parameter
-  - alpm_event_any_t, alpm_package_operation_t, alpm_event_package_operation_t,
-    alpm_event_optdep_removal_t, alpm_event_delta_patch_t, alpm_event_scriptlet_info_t,
-    alpm_event_database_missing_t, alpm_event_pkgdownload_t, alpm_event_pacnew_created_t,
-    alpm_event_pacsave_created_t, alpm_event_pacorig_created_t added
-  - ALPM_EVENT_*_START -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START
-  - ALPM_EVENT_*_DONE -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE
-- question callback:
-  - alpm_question_t renamed to alpm_question_type_t
-  - alpm_question_t union added
-  - alpm_cb_question now takes only an alpm_question_t parameter
-  - alpm_question_any_t, alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t, alpm_question_replace_t
-    alpm_question_conflict_t, alpm_question_corrupted_t, alpm_question_remove_pkgs_t,
-    alpm_question_select_provider_t, alpm_question_import_key_t added
+- event callback
+   - alpm_event_t renamed to alpm_event_type_t
+   - alpm_event_t union added
+   - alpm_event_cb now takes only an alpm_event_t parameter
+   - alpm_event_any_t, alpm_package_operation_t, alpm_event_package_operation_t,
+     alpm_event_optdep_removal_t, alpm_event_delta_patch_t, alpm_event_scriptlet_info_t,
+     alpm_event_database_missing_t, alpm_event_pkgdownload_t, alpm_event_pacnew_created_t,
+     alpm_event_pacsave_created_t, alpm_event_pacorig_created_t added
+   - ALPM_EVENT_*_START -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START
+   - ALPM_EVENT_*_DONE -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE
+- question callback
+   - alpm_question_t renamed to alpm_question_type_t
+   - alpm_question_t union added
+   - alpm_cb_question now takes only an alpm_question_t parameter
+   - alpm_question_any_t, alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t, alpm_question_replace_t
+     alpm_question_conflict_t, alpm_question_corrupted_t, alpm_question_remove_pkgs_t,
+     alpm_question_select_provider_t, alpm_question_import_key_t added
 
 [ADDED]
-- memory management:
+- memory management
   - alpm_fileconflict_free()
   - alpm_depmissing_free()
   - alpm_conflict_free()
   - alpm_dep_free()
-- database usage:
+- database usage
   - alpm_db_usage_t
   - alpm_db_set_usage()
   - alpm_db_get_usage()
-- assume installed:
+- assume installed
   - alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled()
   - alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled()
   - alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled()
   - alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled()
-- using noupgrade/noextract:
+- using noupgrade/noextract
   - alpm_option_match_noupgrade()
   - alpm_option_match_noextract()
-- utility functions:
+- utility functions
   - alpm_dep_from_string()
   - alpm_pkg_should_ignore()
   - alpm_decode_signature()
   - alpm_extract_keyid()
-- flags:
-    ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START,
+- flags
+  - ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START,
     ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REMOVAL,
     ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACSVAE_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
 
@@ -579,13 +567,13 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.2 AND 5.0
 
 [REMOVED]
 - alpm_siglevel_t - removed members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
-- removed .pacorig generation:
+- removed .pacorig generation
   - ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
   - alpm_event_pacorig_created_t
   - alpm_event_t.pacorig_created
 
 [ADDED]
-- hook support:
+- hook support
   - alpm_option_get_hookdirs()
   - alpm_option_set_hookdirs()
   - alpm_option_add_hookdir()
@@ -595,164 +583,12 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.2 AND 5.0
   - ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE
   - ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE
   - ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED
-- different database extension support:
+- different database extension support
   - alpm_option_get_dbext()
   - alpm_option_set_dbext()
-- pkgbase accessor:
+- pkgbase accessor
   - alpm_pkg_get_base()
-- transaction events:
+- transaction events
   - ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_START, ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_DONE
-- database unlocking:
+- database unlocking
   - alpm_unlock()
-
-
-API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.0 AND 5.1
-===============================
-
-[CHANGED]
-- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_OK
-- alpm_siglevel_t - value of ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT changed
-- functions using bitfields return/pass an int instead of an enum:
-  - alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
-  - alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
-  - alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
-  - alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
-  - alpm_register_syncdb()
-  - alpm_db_get_siglevel()
-  - alpm_db_set_usage()
-  - alpm_db_get_usage()
-  - alpm_pkg_load()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_validation()
-  - alpm_trans_get_flags()
-  - alpm_trans_init()
-  - alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
-  - alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
-
-[ADDED]
-- overwrite support:
-  - alpm_option_get_overwrite_files()
-  - alpm_option_set_overwrite_files()
-  - alpm_option_add_overwrite_file()
-  - alpm_option_remove_overwrite_file()
-- download timeout control:
-  - alpm_option_set_disable_dl_timeout()
-- access make/checkdepends info:
-  - alpm_pkg_get_checkdepends()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_makedepends()
-- check pacman capabilities:
-  - alpm_capabilities()
-- duplicate and add to list:
-  - alpm_list_append_strdup()
-
-
-API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.1 AND 5.2
-===============================
-
-[REMOVED]
-- package delta support:
-  - alpm_delta_t
-  - alpm_event_delta_patch_t
-  - alpm_event_t union - removed alpm_event_delta_patch_t
-  - ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE,
-    ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_DONE,
-    ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_DONE,
-    ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_FAILED
-  - ALPM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED
-  - alpm_option_get_deltaratio()
-  - alpm_option_set_deltaratio()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_deltas()
-  - alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
-- alpm_transflag_t - removed member ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE
-
-[CHANGED]
-- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
-- alpm_sync_newversion() replaced with alpm_sync_get_new_version() which
-  does not filter on any ALPM_DB_USAGE_*.
-
-
-API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.2 AND 6.0
-===============================
-
-[REMOVED]
-- ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED
-- ALPM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND
-- old TotalDownload implementation:
-  - alpm_cb_totaldl
-  - alpm_option_get_totaldlcb()
-  - alpm_option_set_totaldlcb()
-
-[CHANGED]
-- alpm_db_update() now accepts a list of databases rather than a single database.
-- alpm_fetch_pkgurl() accepts a list of packages to download.
-- alpm_db_search() now has an additional parameter and returns success status
-- ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_* -> ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_* and ALPM_EVENT_PKG_RETRIEVE_*
-- alpm_cb_download pass event and data
-- multi architecture support:
-  - alpm_option_get_arch() -> alpm_option_get_architectures()
-  - alpm_option_set_arch() -> alpm_option_set_architectures()
-- alpm_db_get_servers() copies parameter data
-
-[ADDED]
-- parallel download support:
-  - alpm_option_set_parallel_downloads()
-  - alpm_option_get_parallel_downloads()
-- file download events:
-  - alpm_download_event_type_t
-  - alpm_download_event_init_t
-  - alpm_download_event_progress_t
-  - alpm_download_event_completed_t
-- download misc:
-  - ALPM_DOWNLOAD_RETRY
-  - alpm_download_event_retry_t
-  - alpm_event_pkg_retrieve_t
-- multiarchitecture support:
-  - alpm_option_add_architecture()
-  - alpm_option_remove_architecture()
-- misc:
-  - alpm_pkg_get_sig()
-- callbacks add front-end provided context
-
-
-API CHANGES BETWEEN 6.0 AND 6.1
-===============================
-
-[REMOVED]
-- alpm_trans_t
-
-[CHANGED]
-- alpm_conflict_t - full package added as member, removing package name and name
-  hash members
-- alpm_question_import_key_t - holds key uid and fingerprint rather than alpm_pgpkey_t
-- alpm_pkgreason_t - added ALPM_PKG_REASON_UNKNOWN
-- alpm_transflag_t - added ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOHOOKS
-
-[ADDED]
-- extensible package data type:
-  - alpm_pkg_xdata_t
-  - alpm_pkg_get_xdata()
-- accessor functions:
-  - alpm_db_get_handle()
-  - alpm_pkg_get_handle()
-- cache server support:
-  - alpm_db_get_cache_servers()
-  - alpm_db_set_cache_servers()
-  - alpm_db_add_cache_server()
-
-
-API CHANGES BETWEEN 6.1 AND 7.0
-===============================
-
-[ADDED]
-- sandbox functions:
-  - alpm_option_get_sandboxuser()
-  - alpm_option_set_sandboxuser()
-  - alpm_option_set_disable_sandbox()
-  - alpm_sandbox_setup_child()
-
-
-API CHANGES BETWEEN 7.0 AND 7.1
-===============================
-
-[CHANGED]
-- error codes:
-    PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING renamed to PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITTING

RELEASE

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-The following checklist should be used for making a pacman release.
-
-- Ensure "ninja dist" succeeds
-- Call a freeze to development.
-- Send translation updates to Transifex at least two weeks before a major
-  release (see below).  At this stage, strings can only be changed for a
-  major issue.
-- Update NEWS and README files
-- Pull translation updates from Transifex
-- Update version in meson.build as described in file
-- Update doc/index.asciidoc
-- Create a signed git tag (git tag -s vX.Y.Z -m "commit message")
-- Create and sign release tarballs (generate with "ninja dist")
-- Create release on gitlab project page
-- Upload release tarball and signature to gitlab ("glab release upload ...")
-- Create branch release/?.?.x (with ?.? replaced by major version number)
-- Update .gitlab-ci.yml to point the website pages run at release branch
-
-Transifex updates are handled using the transifex client. The basic process is:
-- Pull updates from transifex ("tx pull -f --minimum-perc 75")
-- Update po files ("./build-aux/update-po")
-- Fix all translation errors found (e.g. using "mint-check-translations")
-- Add any new locales to the relevant LINGUAS file
-- Optional: Make any manual changes needed (e.g. fixing spacing in a string)
-  and update po files again
-- Push updated po files to transifex ("tx push -s -t --skip")
-
-Point releases:
-- all bugs fixes slated for the release branch must first land on master
-  (unless no longer relevant)
-- following the initial post-release period when the release and master
-  branches may be kept in sync, commits are backported to the release branch
-  using "git cherry-pick -x"
-- translation updates should be pulled onto the release branch only

TRANSLATORS

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ currently. Our translations are currently maintained in Transifex; please read
 doc/translation-help.txt for more details.
 
 Below is a list of past translators before we switched to Transifex; more can
-be found by looking in the Git history.
+be found by looking in the GIT history.
 
 If your language is not already in the various po/ subdirectories and you wish
 it was, set up a team in Transifex for your language and we will be happy to

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh -x
+
+autoreconf -i
+patch -d build-aux -Np0 -i ltmain-asneeded.patch
+
+exit 0

build-aux/cat-test-file

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/python3
-
-import sys
-
-for path in sys.argv[1:]:
-    print('# -----------------------------------')
-    print('# ' + path + ':')
-    print('# -----------------------------------')
-    with open(path, 'r') as f:
-        for line in f:
-            print('# ' + line, end='')

build-aux/edit-script.sh.in

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#!@BASH@
-
-input=$1
-output=$2
-mode=$3
-
-sed \
-  -e "s|@rootdir[@]|@ROOTDIR@|g" \
-  -e "s|@localedir[@]|@LOCALEDIR@|g" \
-  -e "s|@sysconfdir[@]|@sysconfdir@|g" \
-  -e "s|@localstatedir[@]|@localstatedir@|g" \
-  -e "s|@libmakepkgdir[@]|@LIBMAKEPKGDIR@|g" \
-  -e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|@PKGDATADIR@|g" \
-  -e "s|@keyringdir[@]|@KEYRINGDIR@|g" \
-  -e "s|@prefix[@]|@PREFIX@|g" \
-  -e "1s|#!/bin/bash|#!@BASH@|g" \
-  -e "s|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|@PACKAGE_VERSION@|g" \
-  -e "s|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|@PACKAGE_NAME@|g" \
-  -e "s|@BUILDSCRIPT[@]|@BUILDSCRIPT@|g" \
-  -e "s|@TEMPLATE_DIR[@]|@TEMPLATE_DIR@|g" \
-  -e "s|@DEBUGSUFFIX[@]|@DEBUGSUFFIX@|g" \
-  -e "s|@INODECMD[@]|@INODECMD@|g" \
-  -e "s|@FILECMD[@]|@FILECMD@|g" \
-  -e "s|@BSDTAR_NO_READ_SPARSE[@]|@BSDTAR_NO_READ_SPARSE@|g" \
-  "$input" >"$output"
-
-if [[ $mode ]]; then
-  chmod "$mode" "$output"
-fi

build-aux/ltmain-asneeded.patch

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+--- ltmain.sh.orig	2013-06-26 14:31:53.472627840 +1000
++++ ltmain.sh	2013-06-26 14:30:56.137038936 +1000
+@@ -5800,6 +5800,14 @@
+ 	arg=$func_stripname_result
+ 	;;
+ 
++      -Wl,*--as-needed*)
++	deplibs="$deplibs $wl--as-needed"
++	;;
++
++      -Wl,*--no-as-needed*)
++	deplibs="$deplibs $wl--no-as-needed"
++	;;
++
+       -Wl,*)
+ 	func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
+ 	args=$func_stripname_result
+@@ -6160,6 +6168,15 @@
+ 	lib=
+ 	found=no
+ 	case $deplib in
++	-Wl,--as-needed|-Wl,--no-as-needed)
++	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
++	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
++	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
++	  else
++	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
++	  fi
++	  continue
++	  ;;
+ 	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+         |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+ 	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then

build-aux/meson-make-symlink.sh

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-set -eu
-
-# this is needed mostly because $DESTDIR is provided as a variable,
-# and we need to create the target directory...
-
-mkdir -vp "$(dirname "${DESTDIR:-}$2")"
-
-rm -f "${DESTDIR:-}$2"
-ln -vs "$1" "${DESTDIR:-}$2"

build-aux/print-failed-test-output

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/python
-
-import json
-import sys
-
-def print_result(result):
-    print('==================================================================')
-    print(result['name'])
-    print(' '.join(result['command']))
-    print('==================================================================')
-    print(result['stdout'])
-
-with open(sys.argv[1], 'r') as f:
-    for line in f:
-        result = json.loads(line)
-        if result['result'] == 'FAIL':
-            print_result(result)

build-aux/script-wrapper.sh.in

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-# This script serves as a trampoline for running scripts which depend on
-# libmakepkg with the libmakepkg within the build tree.
-
-MAKEPKG_LIBRARY=@BUILDDIR@/libmakepkg exec @BASH@ -$- @REAL_PROGPATH@ "$@"

build-aux/tap-driver.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+scriptversion=2011-12-27.17; # UTC
+
+# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error.  This
+# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
+set -u
+
+me=tap-driver.sh
+
+fatal ()
+{
+  echo "$me: fatal: $*" >&2
+  exit 1
+}
+
+usage_error ()
+{
+  echo "$me: $*" >&2
+  print_usage >&2
+  exit 2
+}
+
+print_usage ()
+{
+  cat <<END
+Usage:
+  tap-driver.sh --test-name=NAME --log-file=PATH --trs-file=PATH
+                [--expect-failure={yes|no}] [--color-tests={yes|no}]
+                [--enable-hard-errors={yes|no}] [--ignore-exit]
+                [--diagnostic-string=STRING] [--merge|--no-merge]
+                [--comments|--no-comments] [--] TEST-COMMAND
+The \`--test-name', \`--log-file' and \`--trs-file' options are mandatory.
+END
+}
+
+# TODO: better error handling in option parsing (in particular, ensure
+# TODO: $log_file, $trs_file and $test_name are defined).
+test_name= # Used for reporting.
+log_file=  # Where to save the result and output of the test script.
+trs_file=  # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
+expect_failure=0
+color_tests=0
+merge=0
+ignore_exit=0
+comments=0
+diag_string='#'
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+  case $1 in
+  --help) print_usage; exit $?;;
+  --version) echo "$me $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+  --test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
+  --log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
+  --trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
+  --color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
+  --expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
+  --enable-hard-errors) shift;; # No-op.
+  --merge) merge=1;;
+  --no-merge) merge=0;;
+  --ignore-exit) ignore_exit=1;;
+  --comments) comments=1;;
+  --no-comments) comments=0;;
+  --diagnostic-string) diag_string=$2; shift;;
+  --) shift; break;;
+  -*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+test $# -gt 0 || usage_error "missing test command"
+
+case $expect_failure in
+  yes) expect_failure=1;;
+    *) expect_failure=0;;
+esac
+
+if test $color_tests = yes; then
+  init_colors='
+    color_map["red"]="" # Red.
+    color_map["grn"]="" # Green.
+    color_map["lgn"]="" # Light green.
+    color_map["blu"]="" # Blue.
+    color_map["mgn"]="" # Magenta.
+    color_map["std"]=""     # No color.
+    color_for_result["ERROR"] = "mgn"
+    color_for_result["PASS"]  = "grn"
+    color_for_result["XPASS"] = "red"
+    color_for_result["FAIL"]  = "red"
+    color_for_result["XFAIL"] = "lgn"
+    color_for_result["SKIP"]  = "blu"'
+else
+  init_colors=''
+fi
+
+# :; is there to work around a bug in bash 3.2 (and earlier) which
+# does not always set '$?' properly on redirection failure.
+# See the Autoconf manual for more details.
+:;{
+  (
+    # Ignore common signals (in this subshell only!), to avoid potential
+    # problems with Korn shells.  Some Korn shells are known to propagate
+    # to themselves signals that have killed a child process they were
+    # waiting for; this is done at least for SIGINT (and usually only for
+    # it, in truth).  Without the `trap' below, such a behaviour could
+    # cause a premature exit in the current subshell, e.g., in case the
+    # test command it runs gets terminated by a SIGINT.  Thus, the awk
+    # script we are piping into would never seen the exit status it
+    # expects on its last input line (which is displayed below by the
+    # last `echo $?' statement), and would thus die reporting an internal
+    # error.
+    # For more information, see the Autoconf manual and the threads:
+    # <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/2011-09/msg00004.html>
+    # <http://mail.opensolaris.org/pipermail/ksh93-integration-discuss/2009-February/004121.html>
+    trap : 1 3 2 13 15
+    if test $merge -gt 0; then
+      exec 2>&1
+    else
+      exec 2>&3
+    fi
+    "$@"
+    echo $?
+  ) | LC_ALL=C ${AM_TAP_AWK-awk} \
+        -v me="$me" \
+        -v test_script_name="$test_name" \
+        -v log_file="$log_file" \
+        -v trs_file="$trs_file" \
+        -v expect_failure="$expect_failure" \
+        -v merge="$merge" \
+        -v ignore_exit="$ignore_exit" \
+        -v comments="$comments" \
+        -v diag_string="$diag_string" \
+'
+# FIXME: the usages of "cat >&3" below could be optimized when using
+# FIXME: GNU awk, and/on on systems that supports /dev/fd/.
+
+# Implementation note: in what follows, `result_obj` will be an
+# associative array that (partly) simulates a TAP result object
+# from the `TAP::Parser` perl module.
+
+## ----------- ##
+##  FUNCTIONS  ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+function fatal(msg)
+{
+  print me ": " msg | "cat >&2"
+  exit 1
+}
+
+function abort(where)
+{
+  fatal("internal error " where)
+}
+
+# Convert a boolean to a "yes"/"no" string.
+function yn(bool)
+{
+  return bool ? "yes" : "no";
+}
+
+function add_test_result(result)
+{
+  if (!test_results_index)
+    test_results_index = 0
+  test_results_list[test_results_index] = result
+  test_results_index += 1
+  test_results_seen[result] = 1;
+}
+
+# Whether the test script should be re-run by "make recheck".
+function must_recheck()
+{
+  for (k in test_results_seen)
+    if (k != "XFAIL" && k != "PASS" && k != "SKIP")
+      return 1
+  return 0
+}
+
+# Whether the content of the log file associated to this test should
+# be copied into the "global" test-suite.log.
+function copy_in_global_log()
+{
+  for (k in test_results_seen)
+    if (k != "PASS")
+      return 1
+  return 0
+}
+
+# FIXME: this can certainly be improved ...
+function get_global_test_result()
+{
+    if ("ERROR" in test_results_seen)
+      return "ERROR"
+    if ("FAIL" in test_results_seen || "XPASS" in test_results_seen)
+      return "FAIL"
+    all_skipped = 1
+    for (k in test_results_seen)
+      if (k != "SKIP")
+        all_skipped = 0
+    if (all_skipped)
+      return "SKIP"
+    return "PASS";
+}
+
+function stringify_result_obj(result_obj)
+{
+  if (result_obj["is_unplanned"] || result_obj["number"] != testno)
+    return "ERROR"
+
+  if (plan_seen == LATE_PLAN)
+    return "ERROR"
+
+  if (result_obj["directive"] == "TODO")
+    return result_obj["is_ok"] ? "XPASS" : "XFAIL"
+
+  if (result_obj["directive"] == "SKIP")
+    return result_obj["is_ok"] ? "SKIP" : COOKED_FAIL;
+
+  if (length(result_obj["directive"]))
+      abort("in function stringify_result_obj()")
+
+  return result_obj["is_ok"] ? COOKED_PASS : COOKED_FAIL
+}
+
+function decorate_result(result)
+{
+  color_name = color_for_result[result]
+  if (color_name)
+    return color_map[color_name] "" result "" color_map["std"]
+  # If we are not using colorized output, or if we do not know how
+  # to colorize the given result, we should return it unchanged.
+  return result
+}
+
+function report(result, details)
+{
+  if (result ~ /^(X?(PASS|FAIL)|SKIP|ERROR)/)
+    {
+      msg = ": " test_script_name
+      add_test_result(result)
+    }
+  else if (result == "#")
+    {
+      msg = " " test_script_name ":"
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      abort("in function report()")
+    }
+  if (length(details))
+    msg = msg " " details
+  # Output on console might be colorized.
+  print decorate_result(result) msg
+  # Log the result in the log file too, to help debugging (this is
+  # especially true when said result is a TAP error or "Bail out!").
+  print result msg | "cat >&3";
+}
+
+function testsuite_error(error_message)
+{
+  report("ERROR", "- " error_message)
+}
+
+function handle_tap_result()
+{
+  details = result_obj["number"];
+  if (length(result_obj["description"]))
+    details = details " " result_obj["description"]
+
+  if (plan_seen == LATE_PLAN)
+    {
+      details = details " # AFTER LATE PLAN";
+    }
+  else if (result_obj["is_unplanned"])
+    {
+       details = details " # UNPLANNED";
+    }
+  else if (result_obj["number"] != testno)
+    {
+       details = sprintf("%s # OUT-OF-ORDER (expecting %d)",
+                         details, testno);
+    }
+  else if (result_obj["directive"])
+    {
+      details = details " # " result_obj["directive"];
+      if (length(result_obj["explanation"]))
+        details = details " " result_obj["explanation"]
+    }
+
+  report(stringify_result_obj(result_obj), details)
+}
+
+# `skip_reason` should be empty whenever planned > 0.
+function handle_tap_plan(planned, skip_reason)
+{
+  planned += 0 # Avoid getting confused if, say, `planned` is "00"
+  if (length(skip_reason) && planned > 0)
+    abort("in function handle_tap_plan()")
+  if (plan_seen)
+    {
+      # Error, only one plan per stream is acceptable.
+      testsuite_error("multiple test plans")
+      return;
+    }
+  planned_tests = planned
+  # The TAP plan can come before or after *all* the TAP results; we speak
+  # respectively of an "early" or a "late" plan.  If we see the plan line
+  # after at least one TAP result has been seen, assume we have a late
+  # plan; in this case, any further test result seen after the plan will
+  # be flagged as an error.
+  plan_seen = (testno >= 1 ? LATE_PLAN : EARLY_PLAN)
+  # If testno > 0, we have an error ("too many tests run") that will be
+  # automatically dealt with later, so do not worry about it here.  If
+  # $plan_seen is true, we have an error due to a repeated plan, and that
+  # has already been dealt with above.  Otherwise, we have a valid "plan
+  # with SKIP" specification, and should report it as a particular kind
+  # of SKIP result.
+  if (planned == 0 && testno == 0)
+    {
+      if (length(skip_reason))
+        skip_reason = "- "  skip_reason;
+      report("SKIP", skip_reason);
+    }
+}
+
+function extract_tap_comment(line)
+{
+  if (index(line, diag_string) == 1)
+    {
+      # Strip leading `diag_string` from `line`.
+      line = substr(line, length(diag_string) + 1)
+      # And strip any leading and trailing whitespace left.
+      sub("^[ \t]*", "", line)
+      sub("[ \t]*$", "", line)
+      # Return what is left (if any).
+      return line;
+    }
+  return "";
+}
+
+# When this function is called, we know that line is a TAP result line,
+# so that it matches the (perl) RE "^(not )?ok\b".
+function setup_result_obj(line)
+{
+  # Get the result, and remove it from the line.
+  result_obj["is_ok"] = (substr(line, 1, 2) == "ok" ? 1 : 0)
+  sub("^(not )?ok[ \t]*", "", line)
+
+  # If the result has an explicit number, get it and strip it; otherwise,
+  # automatically assing the next progresive number to it.
+  if (line ~ /^[0-9]+$/ || line ~ /^[0-9]+[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
+    {
+      match(line, "^[0-9]+")
+      # The final `+ 0` is to normalize numbers with leading zeros.
+      result_obj["number"] = substr(line, 1, RLENGTH) + 0
+      line = substr(line, RLENGTH + 1)
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      result_obj["number"] = testno
+    }
+
+  if (plan_seen == LATE_PLAN)
+    # No further test results are acceptable after a "late" TAP plan
+    # has been seen.
+    result_obj["is_unplanned"] = 1
+  else if (plan_seen && testno > planned_tests)
+    result_obj["is_unplanned"] = 1
+  else
+    result_obj["is_unplanned"] = 0
+
+  # Strip trailing and leading whitespace.
+  sub("^[ \t]*", "", line)
+  sub("[ \t]*$", "", line)
+
+  # This will have to be corrected if we have a "TODO"/"SKIP" directive.
+  result_obj["description"] = line
+  result_obj["directive"] = ""
+  result_obj["explanation"] = ""
+
+  if (index(line, "#") == 0)
+    return # No possible directive, nothing more to do.
+
+  # Directives are case-insensitive.
+  rx = "[ \t]*#[ \t]*([tT][oO][dD][oO]|[sS][kK][iI][pP])[ \t]*"
+
+  # See whether we have the directive, and if yes, where.
+  pos = match(line, rx "$")
+  if (!pos)
+    pos = match(line, rx "[^a-zA-Z0-9_]")
+
+  # If there was no TAP directive, we have nothing more to do.
+  if (!pos)
+    return
+
+  # Let`s now see if the TAP directive has been escaped.  For example:
+  #  escaped:     ok \# SKIP
+  #  not escaped: ok \\# SKIP
+  #  escaped:     ok \\\\\# SKIP
+  #  not escaped: ok \ # SKIP
+  if (substr(line, pos, 1) == "#")
+    {
+      bslash_count = 0
+      for (i = pos; i > 1 && substr(line, i - 1, 1) == "\\"; i--)
+        bslash_count += 1
+      if (bslash_count % 2)
+        return # Directive was escaped.
+    }
+
+  # Strip the directive and its explanation (if any) from the test
+  # description.
+  result_obj["description"] = substr(line, 1, pos - 1)
+  # Now remove the test description from the line, that has been dealt
+  # with already.
+  line = substr(line, pos)
+  # Strip the directive, and save its value (normalized to upper case).
+  sub("^[ \t]*#[ \t]*", "", line)
+  result_obj["directive"] = toupper(substr(line, 1, 4))
+  line = substr(line, 5)
+  # Now get the explanation for the directive (if any), with leading
+  # and trailing whitespace removed.
+  sub("^[ \t]*", "", line)
+  sub("[ \t]*$", "", line)
+  result_obj["explanation"] = line
+}
+
+function get_test_exit_message(status)
+{
+  if (status == 0)
+    return ""
+  if (status !~ /^[1-9][0-9]*$/)
+    abort("getting exit status")
+  if (status < 127)
+    exit_details = ""
+  else if (status == 127)
+    exit_details = " (command not found?)"
+  else if (status >= 128 && status <= 255)
+    exit_details = sprintf(" (terminated by signal %d?)", status - 128)
+  else if (status > 256 && status <= 384)
+    # We used to report an "abnormal termination" here, but some Korn
+    # shells, when a child process die due to signal number n, can leave
+    # in $? an exit status of 256+n instead of the more standard 128+n.
+    # Apparently, both behaviours are allowed by POSIX (2008), so be
+    # prepared to handle them both.  See also Austing Group report ID
+    # 0000051 <http://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=51>
+    exit_details = sprintf(" (terminated by signal %d?)", status - 256)
+  else
+    # Never seen in practice.
+    exit_details = " (abnormal termination)"
+  return sprintf("exited with status %d%s", status, exit_details)
+}
+
+function write_test_results()
+{
+  print ":global-test-result: " get_global_test_result() > trs_file
+  print ":recheck: "  yn(must_recheck()) > trs_file
+  print ":copy-in-global-log: " yn(copy_in_global_log()) > trs_file
+  for (i = 0; i < test_results_index; i += 1)
+    print ":test-result: " test_results_list[i] > trs_file
+  close(trs_file);
+}
+
+BEGIN {
+
+## ------- ##
+##  SETUP  ##
+## ------- ##
+
+'"$init_colors"'
+
+# Properly initialized once the TAP plan is seen.
+planned_tests = 0
+
+COOKED_PASS = expect_failure ? "XPASS": "PASS";
+COOKED_FAIL = expect_failure ? "XFAIL": "FAIL";
+
+# Enumeration-like constants to remember which kind of plan (if any)
+# has been seen.  It is important that NO_PLAN evaluates "false" as
+# a boolean.
+NO_PLAN = 0
+EARLY_PLAN = 1
+LATE_PLAN = 2
+
+testno = 0     # Number of test results seen so far.
+bailed_out = 0 # Whether a "Bail out!" directive has been seen.
+
+# Whether the TAP plan has been seen or not, and if yes, which kind
+# it is ("early" is seen before any test result, "late" otherwise).
+plan_seen = NO_PLAN
+
+## --------- ##
+##  PARSING  ##
+## --------- ##
+
+is_first_read = 1
+
+while (1)
+  {
+    # Involutions required so that we are able to read the exit status
+    # from the last input line.
+    st = getline
+    if (st < 0) # I/O error.
+      fatal("I/O error while reading from input stream")
+    else if (st == 0) # End-of-input
+      {
+        if (is_first_read)
+          abort("in input loop: only one input line")
+        break
+      }
+    if (is_first_read)
+      {
+        is_first_read = 0
+        nextline = $0
+        continue
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        curline = nextline
+        nextline = $0
+        $0 = curline
+      }
+    # Copy any input line verbatim into the log file.
+    print | "cat >&3"
+    # Parsing of TAP input should stop after a "Bail out!" directive.
+    if (bailed_out)
+      continue
+
+    # TAP test result.
+    if ($0 ~ /^(not )?ok$/ || $0 ~ /^(not )?ok[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
+      {
+        testno += 1
+        setup_result_obj($0)
+        handle_tap_result()
+      }
+    # TAP plan (normal or "SKIP" without explanation).
+    else if ($0 ~ /^1\.\.[0-9]+[ \t]*$/)
+      {
+        # The next two lines will put the number of planned tests in $0.
+        sub("^1\\.\\.", "")
+        sub("[^0-9]*$", "")
+        handle_tap_plan($0, "")
+        continue
+      }
+    # TAP "SKIP" plan, with an explanation.
+    else if ($0 ~ /^1\.\.0+[ \t]*#/)
+      {
+        # The next lines will put the skip explanation in $0, stripping
+        # any leading and trailing whitespace.  This is a little more
+        # tricky in truth, since we want to also strip a potential leading
+        # "SKIP" string from the message.
+        sub("^[^#]*#[ \t]*(SKIP[: \t][ \t]*)?", "")
+        sub("[ \t]*$", "");
+        handle_tap_plan(0, $0)
+      }
+    # "Bail out!" magic.
+    # Older versions of prove and TAP::Harness (e.g., 3.17) did not
+    # recognize a "Bail out!" directive when preceded by leading
+    # whitespace, but more modern versions (e.g., 3.23) do.  So we
+    # emulate the latter, "more modern" behaviour.
+    else if ($0 ~ /^[ \t]*Bail out!/)
+      {
+        bailed_out = 1
+        # Get the bailout message (if any), with leading and trailing
+        # whitespace stripped.  The message remains stored in `$0`.
+        sub("^[ \t]*Bail out![ \t]*", "");
+        sub("[ \t]*$", "");
+        # Format the error message for the
+        bailout_message = "Bail out!"
+        if (length($0))
+          bailout_message = bailout_message " " $0
+        testsuite_error(bailout_message)
+      }
+    # Maybe we have too look for dianogtic comments too.
+    else if (comments != 0)
+      {
+        comment = extract_tap_comment($0);
+        if (length(comment))
+          report("#", comment);
+      }
+  }
+
+## -------- ##
+##  FINISH  ##
+## -------- ##
+
+# A "Bail out!" directive should cause us to ignore any following TAP
+# error, as well as a non-zero exit status from the TAP producer.
+if (!bailed_out)
+  {
+    if (!plan_seen)
+      {
+        testsuite_error("missing test plan")
+      }
+    else if (planned_tests != testno)
+      {
+        bad_amount = testno > planned_tests ? "many" : "few"
+        testsuite_error(sprintf("too %s tests run (expected %d, got %d)",
+                                bad_amount, planned_tests, testno))
+      }
+    if (!ignore_exit)
+      {
+        # Fetch exit status from the last line.
+        exit_message = get_test_exit_message(nextline)
+        if (exit_message)
+          testsuite_error(exit_message)
+      }
+  }
+
+write_test_results()
+
+exit 0
+
+} # End of "BEGIN" block.
+'
+
+# TODO: document that we consume the file descriptor 3 :-(
+} 3>"$log_file"
+
+test $? -eq 0 || fatal "I/O or internal error"
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

build-aux/update-copyright

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-OLD=$1
-NEW=$2
-
-for file in $(git grep -l "Copyright .* Pacman Development" | grep -v "\.po"); do \
-	sed -i -e "/Copyright (/s/-${OLD}/-${NEW}/" -e "/Copyright (/s/ ${OLD}/ ${OLD}-${NEW}/" "$file"
-done

build-aux/update-po

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-find_build_directory() {
-  local build_dirs=(*/build.ninja)
-
-  if [[ ! -e ${build_dirs[0]} ]]; then
-    echo "error: No build directory found. Have you run 'meson build' yet?" >&2
-    return 1
-  elif (( ${#build_dirs[*]} > 1 )); then
-    echo "error: Multiple build directories found. Unable to proceed." >&2
-    return 1
-  fi
-
-  printf '%s\n' "${build_dirs[0]%/*}"
-}
-
-
-filter_targets_by_name() {
-  if command -v jq &>/dev/null; then
-    jq --arg re "$1" -r 'map(.name)[] | select(match($re))'
-  else
-    json_pp | awk -v filter="$1" -F'[:"]' \
-        '$2 == "name" && $(NF - 1) ~ filter { print $(NF - 1) }'
-  fi
-}
-
-# Make things simple and require that we're in the build root rather than
-# trying to chase down the location of this script and the relative build dir.
-if [[ ! -d .git ]]; then
-  echo "This script must be run from the root of the repository" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-build_dir=$(find_build_directory) || exit 1
-
-mapfile -t targets < \
-    <(meson introspect "$build_dir" --targets | filter_targets_by_name "-update-po$")
-
-ninja -C "$build_dir" "${targets[@]}"

configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+#                                               -*- Autoconf -*-
+# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+# Minimum version of autoconf required
+AC_PREREQ(2.62)
+
+# UPDATING VERSION NUMBERS FOR RELEASES
+#
+# libalpm:
+# current
+#   The most recent interface number that this library implements.
+# revision
+#   The implementation number of the current interface.
+# age
+#   The difference between the newest and oldest interfaces that this library
+#   implements. In other words, the library implements all the interface
+#   numbers in the range from number current - age to current.
+#
+# 1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library.
+# 2. Update the version information only immediately before a public release of
+#    your software. More frequent updates are unnecessary, and only guarantee
+#    that the current interface number gets larger faster.
+# 3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last update, then
+#    increment revision (`c:r:a' becomes `c:r+1:a').
+# 4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the last
+#    update, increment current, and set revision to 0.
+# 5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release, then
+#    increment age.
+# 6. If any interfaces have been removed since the last public release, then
+#    set age to 0.
+#
+# pacman:
+#   Extreme huge major changes:
+#     pacman_version_major += 1
+#     pacman_version_minor = 0
+#     pacman_version_micro = 0
+#
+#   Real releases:
+#     pacman_version_minor += 1
+#     pacman_version_micro = 0
+#
+#   Bugfix releases:
+#     pacman_version_micro += 1
+
+m4_define([lib_current], [10])
+m4_define([lib_revision], [2])
+m4_define([lib_age], [0])
+
+m4_define([pacman_version_major], [5])
+m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [0])
+m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [2])
+m4_define([pacman_version],
+          [pacman_version_major.pacman_version_minor.pacman_version_micro])
+
+# Autoconf initialization
+AC_INIT([pacman], [pacman_version], [pacman-dev@archlinux.org])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([tap-driver.sh])
+
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 foreign])
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
+
+LT_INIT
+LIB_VERSION=`expr lib_current - lib_age`.lib_age.lib_revision
+LIB_VERSION_INFO="lib_current:lib_revision:lib_age"
+
+# Respect empty CFLAGS during compiler tests
+if test "x$CFLAGS" = "x"; then
+  CFLAGS=""
+fi
+
+# Set subsitution values for version stuff in Makefiles and anywhere else,
+# and put LIB_VERSION in config.h
+AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LIB_VERSION], ["$LIB_VERSION"], [libalpm version number])
+
+# Help line for root directory
+AC_ARG_WITH(root-dir,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of the root operating directory]),
+	[ROOTDIR=$withval], [ROOTDIR=/])
+
+# Help line for package extension
+AC_ARG_WITH(pkg-ext,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkg-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by packages]),
+	[PKGEXT=$withval], [PKGEXT=.pkg.tar.gz])
+
+# Help line for source package directory
+AC_ARG_WITH(src-ext,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-src-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by source packages]),
+	[SRCEXT=$withval], [SRCEXT=.src.tar.gz])
+
+# Help line for buildscript filename
+AC_ARG_WITH(buildscript,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-buildscript=name], [set the build script name used by makepkg]),
+	[BUILDSCRIPT=$withval], [BUILDSCRIPT=PKGBUILD])
+
+# Help line for buildscript filename
+AC_ARG_WITH(makepkg-template-dir,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-makepkg-template-dir=name], [set the template dir used by makepkg-template]),
+	[TEMPLATE_DIR=$withval], [TEMPLATE_DIR=/usr/share/makepkg-template])
+
+# Help line for debug package suffix
+AC_ARG_WITH(debug-suffix,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-debug-suffix=name], [set the suffix for split debugging symbol packages used by makepkg]),
+	[DEBUGSUFFIX=$withval], [DEBUGSUFFIX=debug])
+
+# Help line for changing shell used to run install scriptlets
+AC_ARG_WITH(scriptlet-shell,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-scriptlet-shell=shell],
+		[set the full path to the shell used to run install scriptlets]),
+	[SCRIPTLET_SHELL=$withval], [SCRIPTLET_SHELL=/bin/sh])
+
+# Help line for ldconfig path
+AC_ARG_WITH(ldconfig,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ldconfig=path],
+		[set the full path to ldconfig]),
+	[LDCONFIG=$withval], [LDCONFIG=/sbin/ldconfig])
+
+# Help line for using OpenSSL
+AC_ARG_WITH(openssl,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-openssl], [use OpenSSL crypto implementations instead of internal routines]),
+	[], [with_openssl=check])
+
+# Help line for using gpgme
+AC_ARG_WITH(gpgme,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gpgme], [use GPGME for PGP signature verification]),
+	[], [with_gpgme=check])
+
+# Help line for using libcurl
+AC_ARG_WITH(libcurl,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-libcurl], [use libcurl for the internal downloader]),
+	[], [with_libcurl=check])
+
+# Help line for documentation
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(doc,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-doc], [prevent make from looking at doc/ dir]),
+	[wantdoc=$enableval], [wantdoc=yes])
+
+# Help line for doxygen
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(doxygen,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-doxygen], [build your own API docs via Doxygen]),
+	[wantdoxygen=$enableval], [wantdoxygen=no])
+
+# Help line for debug
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [enable debugging support]),
+	[debug=$enableval], [debug=no])
+
+# Help line for compiler warning flags
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(warningflags,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-warningflags], [enable extra compiler warning flags]),
+	[warningflags=$enableval], [warningflags=no])
+
+# Help line for using git version in pacman version string
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(git-version,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-git-version],
+		[enable use of git version in version string if available]),
+	[wantgitver=$enableval], [wantgitver=no])
+
+# Enable large file support if available (must be enabled before
+# testing compilation against gpgme).
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+# Record large file flags in pkgconfig file
+if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then
+	if test "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" != 'no'; then
+		LFS_CFLAGS="-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits"
+	fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(LFS_CFLAGS)
+
+
+# Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_AWK
+AC_PROG_CC_C99
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2 python], [false])
+AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4], [false])
+
+# check for perl 5.10.1 (needed by makepkg-template)
+AC_PATH_PROG([PERL],[perl])
+AC_DEFUN([AX_PROG_PERL_VERSION],
+	[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Perl version $1 or later], [ax_cv_prog_perl_version],
+		[AS_IF(["$PERL" -e 'require v$1;' >/dev/null 2>&1],
+			[ax_cv_prog_perl_version=yes],
+			[ax_cv_prog_perl_version=no])])
+	AS_IF([test x"$ax_cv_prog_perl_version" = xyes], [$2], [$3])])
+AX_PROG_PERL_VERSION([5.10.1], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([perl is too old])])
+
+AS_IF([test "x$BASH_SHELL" = "xfalse"],
+	AC_MSG_WARN([*** bash >= 4.1.0 is required for pacman scripts]),
+	[bash_version_major=`$BASH_SHELL -c 'echo "${BASH_VERSINFO[[0]]}"'`
+	bash_version_minor=`$BASH_SHELL -c 'echo "${BASH_VERSINFO[[1]]}"'`
+	ok=yes
+	if test "$bash_version_major" -lt 4; then
+		ok=no
+	fi
+	if test "$bash_version_major" -eq 4 && test "$bash_version_minor" -lt 1; then
+		ok=no
+	fi
+	if test "$ok" = "no"; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([*** bash >= 4.1.0 is required for pacman scripts])
+	fi
+	unset bash_version_major bash_version_minor ok])
+
+# find installed gettext
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13.1)
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB([m], [fabs], ,
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([libm is needed to compile pacman!]))
+
+# Check for libarchive
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBARCHIVE, [libarchive >= 2.8.0], ,
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libarchive >= 2.8.0 is needed to compile pacman!]))
+
+# Check for OpenSSL
+have_openssl=no
+if test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"; then
+	PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBSSL, [libcrypto],
+		[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSSL, 1, [Define if libcrypto is available]) have_openssl=yes], have_openssl=no)
+	if test "x$have_openssl" = xno -a "x$with_openssl" = xyes; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([*** openssl support requested but libraries not found])
+	fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBSSL, [test "$have_openssl" = "yes"])
+
+# Check for libcurl
+have_libcurl=no
+if test "x$with_libcurl" != "xno"; then
+	PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBCURL, [libcurl >= 7.19.4],
+		[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBCURL, 1, [Define if libcurl is available]) have_libcurl=yes], have_libcurl=no)
+	if test "x$have_libcurl" = xno -a "x$with_libcurl" = xyes; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libcurl >= 7.19.4 is required for internal downloader support])
+	fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBCURL, [test "$have_libcurl" = "yes"])
+
+# Check for gpgme
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libgpgme)
+AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" != "xno"],
+	[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
+	[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])])
+
+have_gpgme=no
+AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" != "xno"],
+	[AM_PATH_GPGME([1.3.0],
+		[LIBS_save="$LIBS"
+		CPPFLAGS_save="$CPPFLAGS"
+		CFLAGS_save="$CFLAGS"
+
+		LIBS="$LIBS $GPGME_LIBS"
+		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $GPGME_CPPFLAGS"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GPGME_CFLAGS"
+
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sane gpgme])
+		AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+			[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+				[[#include <gpgme.h>]],
+				[[return gpgme_check_version("1.3.0");]])],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+			have_gpgme=yes
+			AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [1], [Define if gpgme should be used to provide GPG signature support.])],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+			have_gpgme=no
+			unset GPGME_LIBS
+			unset GPGME_CFLAGS]
+			AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" = "xyes"],
+				[AC_MSG_FAILURE([*** gpgme >= 1.3.0 is needed for GPG signature support])])
+			)
+
+		LIBS="$LIBS_save"
+		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS_save"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS_save"
+		unset CPPFLAGS_save
+		unset CFLAGS_save],)])
+
+AS_IF([test "x$have_gpgme" = xno -a "x$with_gpgme" = xyes],
+	[AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-gpgme was given, but gpgme was not found])])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [test "x$have_gpgme" = "xyes"])
+
+# Checks for header files.
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h float.h glob.h langinfo.h libintl.h limits.h \
+                  locale.h mntent.h netinet/in.h netinet/tcp.h \
+                  stddef.h string.h sys/ioctl.h \
+                  sys/mnttab.h sys/mount.h \
+                  sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h sys/time.h sys/types.h \
+                  sys/ucred.h syslog.h termios.h wchar.h])
+
+# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_INLINE
+AC_TYPE_INT64_T
+AC_TYPE_MODE_T
+AC_TYPE_OFF_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+AC_TYPE_UID_T
+AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
+PATH_MAX_DEFINED
+
+# Checks for library functions.
+AC_FUNC_FORK
+AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
+AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+AC_FUNC_MKTIME
+AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 getcwd getmntinfo gettimeofday memmove memset \
+                mkdir realpath regcomp rmdir setenv setlocale strcasecmp \
+                strchr strcspn strdup strerror strndup strnlen strrchr \
+                strsep strstr strtol swprintf tcflush wcwidth uname])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize],,,[[#include <sys/stat.h>]])
+
+# For the diskspace code
+FS_STATS_TYPE
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_flag],,,[[#include <sys/statvfs.h>]])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_flags],,,[[#include <sys/param.h>
+                  #include <sys/mount.h>]])
+
+# Check if we can use symbol visibility support in GCC
+GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
+
+# Host-dependant definitions
+INODECMD="stat -c '%i %n'"
+OWNERCMD="stat -c '%u:%g'"
+MODECMD="stat -c '%a'"
+SIZECMD="stat -c %s"
+SEDINPLACE="sed --follow-symlinks -i"
+DUFLAGS="-sk --apparent-size"
+STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
+STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
+STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
+case "${host_os}" in
+	*bsd*)
+		INODECMD="stat -f '%i %N'"
+		OWNERCMD="stat -f '%u:%g'"
+		MODECMD="stat -f '%Lp'"
+		SIZECMD="stat -f %z"
+		SEDINPLACE="sed -i \"\""
+		DUFLAGS="-sk"
+		;;
+	darwin*)
+		host_os_darwin=yes
+		INODECMD="/usr/bin/stat -f '%i %N'"
+		OWNERCMD="/usr/bin/stat -f '%u:%g'"
+		MODECMD="/usr/bin/stat -f '%Lp'"
+		SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -f %z"
+		SEDINPLACE="/usr/bin/sed -i ''"
+		DUFLAGS="-sk"
+		STRIP_BINARIES=""
+		STRIP_SHARED="-S"
+		STRIP_STATIC="-S"
+		;;
+esac
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([DARWIN], test "x$host_os_darwin" = "xyes")
+AC_PATH_PROGS([DUPATH], [du], [du], [/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/bin] )
+AC_SUBST(INODECMD)
+AC_SUBST(OWNERCMD)
+AC_SUBST(MODECMD)
+AC_SUBST(SIZECMD)
+AC_SUBST(SEDINPLACE)
+AC_SUBST(DUFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_BINARIES)
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED)
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC)
+
+# Variables plugged into makepkg.conf
+CARCH="${host%%-*}"
+CHOST="${host}"
+AC_SUBST(CARCH)
+AC_SUBST(CHOST)
+
+# Check for documentation support and status
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building documentation])
+if test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes" ; then
+	if test $ASCIIDOC ; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, enabled by configure])
+	else
+		asciidoc="(warning : asciidoc not installed)"
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes $asciidoc])
+	fi
+	wantdoc=yes
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
+	wantdoc=no
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_DOC, test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes")
+
+# Check for doxygen support and status
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for doxygen])
+if test "x$wantdoxygen" = "xyes" ; then
+	if test $DOXYGEN ; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+		usedoxygen=yes
+	else
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([no, doxygen missing])
+		usedoxygen=no
+	fi
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
+	usedoxygen=no
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_DOXYGEN, test "x$usedoxygen" = "xyes")
+
+# Enable or disable debug code
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for debug mode request)
+if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	AC_DEFINE([PACMAN_DEBUG], , [Enable debug code])
+	# Check for -fstack-protector availability
+	GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
+	GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
+	GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
+	WARNING_CFLAGS="-g -Wall -Werror"
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	WARNING_CFLAGS="-Wall"
+fi
+
+# Enable or disable compiler warning flags
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for excessive compiler warning flags)
+if test "x$warningflags" = "xyes" ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wcast-align], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wclobbered], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wempty-body], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wfloat-equal], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wformat-nonliteral], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wformat-security], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wignored-qualifiers], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Winit-self], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wlogical-op], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-declarations], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-field-initializers], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-parameter-type], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-prototypes], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wold-style-declaration], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Woverride-init], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wpointer-arith], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wredundant-decls], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wshadow], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wsign-compare], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wstrict-aliasing], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wstrict-overflow=5], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wstrict-prototypes], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wtype-limits], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wuninitialized], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wunused-but-set-parameter], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wunused-parameter], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+	CFLAGS_ADD([-Wwrite-strings], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
+# Enable or disable use of git version in pacman version string
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use git version if available)
+if test "x$wantgitver" = "xyes" ; then
+	AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
+	AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
+	usegitver=$ac_cv_file__git_
+	if test $GIT -a "x$hasgitdir" = "xyes"; then
+		AC_DEFINE([USE_GIT_VERSION], , [Use GIT version in version string])
+	fi
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
+	usegitver=no
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_GIT_VERSION, test "x$usegitver" = "xyes")
+
+# Set root directory
+AC_SUBST(ROOTDIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ROOTDIR], "$ROOTDIR", [The location of the root operating directory])
+# Set package file extension
+AC_SUBST(PKGEXT)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PKGEXT], "$PKGEXT", [The file extension used by pacman packages])
+# Set source package file extension
+AC_SUBST(SRCEXT)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SRCEXT], "$SRCEXT", [The file extension used by pacman source packages])
+# Set makepkg build script name
+AC_SUBST(BUILDSCRIPT)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BUILDSCRIPT], "$BUILDSCRIPT", [The build script name used by makepkg])
+# Set makepkg-template template directory
+AC_SUBST(TEMPLATE_DIR)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([TEMPLATE_DIR], "$TEMPLATE_DIR", [The template directory used by makepkg-teplate])
+# Set makepkg split debugging symbol package suffix
+AC_SUBST(DEBUGSUFFIX)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DEBUGSUFFIX], "$DEBUGSUFFIX", [The suffix for debugging symbol packages used by makepkg])
+# Set shell used by install scriptlets
+AC_SUBST(SCRIPTLET_SHELL)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SCRIPTLET_SHELL], "$SCRIPTLET_SHELL", [The full path of the shell used to run install scriptlets])
+# Set ldconfig path
+AC_SUBST(LDCONFIG)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LDCONFIG], "$LDCONFIG", [The full path to ldconfig])
+
+
+# Configuration files
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([
+lib/libalpm/Makefile
+lib/libalpm/po/Makefile.in
+lib/libalpm/libalpm.pc
+src/common/Makefile
+src/pacman/Makefile
+src/pacman/po/Makefile.in
+src/util/Makefile
+scripts/Makefile
+scripts/po/Makefile.in
+doc/Makefile
+etc/Makefile
+test/pacman/Makefile
+test/pacman/tests/Makefile
+test/scripts/Makefile
+test/util/Makefile
+contrib/Makefile
+Makefile
+])
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+echo "
+${PACKAGE_NAME}:
+
+  Build information:
+    source code location   : ${srcdir}
+    prefix                 : ${prefix}
+    sysconfdir             : $(eval echo ${sysconfdir})
+       conf file           : $(eval echo ${sysconfdir})/pacman.conf
+    localstatedir          : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})
+       database dir        : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/lib/pacman/
+       cache dir           : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/cache/pacman/pkg/
+
+    compiler               : ${CC}
+    preprocessor flags     : ${CPPFLAGS}
+    compiler flags         : ${WARNING_CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS}
+    library flags          : ${LIBS} ${LIBSSL_LIBS} ${LIBARCHIVE_LIBS} ${LIBCURL_LIBS} ${GPGME_LIBS}
+    linker flags           : ${LDFLAGS}
+
+    Architecture           : ${CARCH}
+    Host Type              : ${CHOST}
+    File inode command     : ${INODECMD}
+    File owner command     : ${OWNERCMD}
+    File mode command      : ${MODECMD}
+    Filesize command       : ${SIZECMD}
+    In-place sed command   : ${SEDINPLACE}
+
+    libalpm version        : ${LIB_VERSION}
+    libalpm version info   : ${LIB_VERSION_INFO}
+    pacman version         : ${PACKAGE_VERSION}
+    using git version      : ${usegitver}
+
+  Directory and file information:
+    root working directory : ${ROOTDIR}
+    package extension      : ${PKGEXT}
+    source pkg extension   : ${SRCEXT}
+    build script name      : ${BUILDSCRIPT}
+    template directory     : ${TEMPLATE_DIR}
+
+  Compilation options:
+    Use libcurl            : ${have_libcurl}
+    Use GPGME              : ${have_gpgme}
+    Use OpenSSL            : ${have_openssl}
+    Run make in doc/ dir   : ${wantdoc} ${asciidoc}
+    Doxygen support        : ${usedoxygen}
+    debug support          : ${debug}
+    extra warning flags    : ${warningflags}
+    use git version        : ${wantgitver}
+"
+
+# vim:set noet:

contrib/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+bacman
+bash_completion
+checkupdates
+paccache
+pacdiff
+paclist
+paclog-pkglist
+pacscripts
+pacsearch
+rankmirrors
+updpkgsums
+zsh_completion

contrib/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# enforce that all scripts have a --help and --version option
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = std-options
+
+bin_SCRIPTS = \
+  $(OURSCRIPTS)
+
+BASHSCRIPTS = \
+	bacman \
+	checkupdates \
+	paccache \
+	pacdiff \
+	paclist \
+	paclog-pkglist \
+	pacscripts \
+	rankmirrors \
+	updpkgsums
+
+OTHERSCRIPTS = \
+	pacsearch
+
+OURSCRIPTS = \
+	$(BASHSCRIPTS) \
+	$(OTHERSCRIPTS)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	PKGBUILD.vim \
+	bacman.sh.in \
+	checkupdates.sh.in \
+	paccache.sh.in \
+	paclog-pkglist.sh.in \
+	pacdiff.sh.in \
+	paclist.sh.in \
+	pacscripts.sh.in \
+	pacsearch.in \
+	rankmirrors.sh.in \
+	updpkgsums.sh.in \
+	vimprojects \
+	README
+
+# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(OURSCRIPTS) *.tmp
+
+if USE_GIT_VERSION
+GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
+REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
+else
+REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+
+edit = sed \
+	-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
+	-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
+	-e 's|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)|g' \
+	-e 's|@SIZECMD[@]|$(SIZECMD)|g' \
+	-e 's|@SCRIPTNAME[@]|$@|g' \
+	-e '1s|!/bin/bash|!$(BASH_SHELL)|g'
+
+$(OTHERSCRIPTS): Makefile
+	$(AM_V_at)$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
+	$(AM_V_at)chmod +x,a-w $@.tmp
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@.tmp $@
+
+$(BASHSCRIPTS): Makefile
+	$(AM_V_at)$(RM) $@
+	$(AM_V_GEN)test -f $(srcdir)/$@.sh.in && m4 -P -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/$@.sh.in | $(edit) >$@
+	$(AM_V_at)chmod +x,a-w $@
+	@$(BASH_SHELL) -O extglob -n $@
+
+$(OURFILES): Makefile
+	$(AM_V_at)$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
+	$(AM_V_at)chmod a-w $@.tmp
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@.tmp $@
+
+all-am: $(OURSCRIPTS)
+
+bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.sh.in
+checkupdates: $(srcdir)/checkupdates.sh.in
+paccache: $(srcdir)/paccache.sh.in $(top_srcdir)/scripts/library/parseopts.sh $(top_srcdir)/scripts/library/size_to_human.sh
+pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.sh.in
+paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.sh.in
+paclog-pkglist: $(srcdir)/paclog-pkglist.sh.in
+pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.sh.in
+pacsearch: $(srcdir)/pacsearch.in
+rankmirrors: $(srcdir)/rankmirrors.sh.in
+updpkgsums: $(srcdir)/updpkgsums.sh.in
+
+# vim:set noet:

contrib/PKGBUILD.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:     PKGBUILD
+" Maintainer:   Alessio 'mOLOk' Bolognino <themolok at gmail.com>
+" Last Change:  2007/05/08
+" Version Info: PKGBUILD-0.2 (colorphobic)
+
+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if version < 600
+	syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+	finish
+endif
+
+let b:main_syntax = "sh"
+let b:is_bash = 1
+runtime! syntax/sh.vim
+
+" case on
+syn case match
+
+" pkgname
+" FIXME if '=' is in pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
+syn keyword pb_k_pkgname pkgname contained
+syn match pbValidPkgname /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgname
+syn match pbIllegalPkgname /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
+syn match pbPkgnameGroup /^pkgname=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgname,pb_k_pkgname,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" pkgbase
+" FIXME if '=' is in pkgbase/pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
+syn keyword pb_k_pkgbase pkgbase contained
+syn match pbValidPkgbase /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgbase
+syn match pbIllegalPkgbase /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
+syn match pbPkgbaseGroup /^pkgbase=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgbase,pb_k_pkgbase,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" pkgver
+syn keyword pb_k_pkgver pkgver contained
+syn match pbValidPkgver /\([[:alnum:]]\|\.\|+\|_\)/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
+syn match pbIllegalPkgver /[^[:alnum:]+=\.\_]\|=.*=/ contained
+syn match pbPkgverGroup /^pkgver=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgver,pbValidPkgver,pb_k_pkgver,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" pkgrel
+syn keyword pb_k_pkgrel pkgrel contained
+syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgrel
+syn match pbIllegalPkgrel /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
+syn match pbPkgrelGroup /^pkgrel=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgrel,pbValidPkgrel,pb_k_pkgrel,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" pkgdesc
+syn keyword pb_k_desc pkgdesc contained
+" 90 chars: 80 for description, 8 for pkgdesc and 2 for ''
+syn match pbIllegalPkgdesc /.\{90,}\|=['"]\?.*['" ]\+[iI][sS] [aA]/ contained contains=pbPkgdescSign
+syn match pbValidPkgdesc /[^='"]\.\{,80}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc
+syn match pbPkgdescGroup /^pkgdesc=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc,pb_k_desc,pbValidPkgdesc,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+syn match pbPkgdescSign /[='"]/ contained
+
+" epoch
+syn keyword pb_k_epoch epoch contained
+syn match pbValidEpoch /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalEpoch
+syn match pbIllegalEpoch /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
+syn match pbEpochGroup /^epoch=.*/ contains=pbIllegalEpoch,pbValidEpoch,pb_k_epoch,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" url
+syn keyword pb_k_url url contained
+syn match pbValidUrl /['"]*\(https\|http\|ftp\)\:\/.*\.\+.*/ contained
+
+syn match pbIllegalUrl /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidUrl
+syn match pbUrlGroup /^url=.*/ contains=pbValidUrl,pb_k_url,pbIllegalUrl,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" license
+syn keyword pb_k_license license contained
+" echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep '/usr/share/licenses/common/' | cut -d'/' -f6 | sort -u)
+syn keyword pbLicense  AGPL AGPL3 Apache APACHE Artistic2.0 CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RUBY W3C ZPL contained
+" special cases from https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
+syn keyword pbLicenseSpecial  BSD MIT ZLIB Python contained
+syn match pbLicenseCustom /custom\(:[[:alnum:]]*\)*/ contained
+syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense
+syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
+
+" backup
+syn keyword pb_k_backup backup contained
+syn match pbValidBackup   /\.\?[[:alpha:]]*\/[[:alnum:]\{\}+._$-]*]*/ contained
+syn region pbBackupGroup start=/^backup=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_backup,pbValidBackup,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" arch
+syn keyword pb_k_arch arch contained
+syn keyword pbArch i686 x86_64 ppc any contained
+syn match pbIllegalArch /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbArch
+syn region pbArchGroup start=/^arch=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_arch,pbArch,pbIllegalArch
+
+" groups
+syn keyword pb_k_groups groups contained
+syn match pbValidGroups /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbGroupsGroup start=/^groups=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_groups,pbValidGroups,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" depends
+syn keyword pb_k_depends depends contained
+syn match pbValidDepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbDependsGroup start=/^depends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_depends,pbValidDepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" makedepends
+syn keyword pb_k_makedepends makedepends contained
+syn match pbValidMakedepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbMakedependsGroup start=/^makedepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_makedepends,pbValidMakedepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" optdepends
+syn keyword pb_k_optdepends optdepends contained
+syn match pbValidOptdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbOptdependsGroup start=/^optdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_optdepends,pbValidOptdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" checkdepends
+syn keyword pb_k_ckdepends checkdepends contained
+syn match pbValidCkdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbCkdependsGroup start=/^checkdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_ckdepends,pbValidCkdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" conflicts
+syn keyword pb_k_conflicts conflicts contained
+syn match pbValidConflicts /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbConflictsGroup start=/^conflicts=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_conflicts,pbValidConflicts,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" provides
+syn keyword pb_k_provides provides contained
+syn match pbValidProvides /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbProvidesGroup start=/^provides=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_provides,pbValidProvides,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" replaces
+syn keyword pb_k_replaces replaces contained
+syn match pbValidReplaces /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn region pbReplacesGroup start=/^replaces=(/  end=/)/ contains=pb_k_replaces,pbValidReplaces,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" install
+" XXX remove install from bashStatement, fix strange bug
+syn clear bashStatement
+syn keyword bashStatement chmod clear complete du egrep expr fgrep find gnufind gnugrep grep less ls mkdir mv rm rmdir rpm sed sleep sort strip tail touch
+
+syn keyword pb_k_install install contained
+syn match pbValidInstall /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*\.install/ contained
+syn match pbIllegalInstall /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidInstall
+syn match pbInstallGroup /^install=.*/ contains=pb_k_install,pbValidInstall,pbIllegalInstall,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" changelog
+syn keyword pb_k_changelog changelog contained
+syn match pbValidChangelog /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
+syn match pbIllegalChangelog /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidChangelog
+syn match pbChangelogGroup /^changelog=.*/ contains=pb_k_changelog,pbValidChangelog,pbIllegalChangelog,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" source:
+" XXX remove source from shStatement, fix strange bug
+syn clear shStatement
+syn keyword shStatement xxx wait getopts return autoload whence printf true popd nohup enable r trap readonly fc fg kill ulimit umask disown stop pushd read history logout times local exit test pwd time eval integer suspend dirs shopt hash false newgrp bg print jobs continue functions exec help cd break unalias chdir type shift builtin let bind
+
+syn keyword pb_k_source source contained
+syn match pbIllegalSource /\(http\|ftp\|https\).*\.\+\(dl\|download.\?\)\.\(sourceforge\|sf\).net/
+syn region pbSourceGroup  start=/^source=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_source,pbIllegalSource,shNumber,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote,pbDerefEmulation
+syn match pbDerefEmulation /\$[{]\?[[:alnum:]_]*[}]\?/ contained
+hi def link pbDerefEmulation PreProc
+
+" md5sums
+syn keyword pb_k_md5sums md5sums contained
+syn match pbIllegalMd5sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
+syn match pbValidMd5sums /\x\{32\}/ contained
+syn region pbMd5sumsGroup start=/^md5sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_md5sums,pbMd5Quotes,pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums keepend
+syn match pbMd5Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums
+syn match pbMd5Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
+hi def link pbMd5Quotes Keyword
+hi def link pbMd5Hash Error
+hi def link pbValidMd5sums  Number
+
+" sha1sums
+syn keyword pb_k_sha1sums sha1sums contained
+syn match pbIllegalSha1sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
+syn match pbValidSha1sums /\x\{40\}/ contained
+syn region pbSha1sumsGroup start=/^sha1sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha1sums,pbSha1Quotes,pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums keepend
+syn match pbSha1Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums
+syn match pbSha1Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
+hi def link pbSha1Quotes Keyword
+hi def link pbSha1Hash Error
+hi def link pbValidSha1sums  Number
+
+" sha256sums
+syn keyword pb_k_sha256sums sha256sums contained
+syn match pbIllegalSha256sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha256sums
+syn match pbValidSha256sums /\x\{64\}/ contained
+syn region pbSha256sumsGroup start=/^sha256sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha256sums,pbSha256Quotes,pbSha256Hash,pbIllegalSha256sums keepend
+syn match pbSha256Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha256Hash,pbIllegalSha256sums
+syn match pbSha256Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha256sums
+hi def link pbSha256Quotes Keyword
+hi def link pbSha256Hash Error
+hi def link pbValidSha256sums  Number
+
+" sha384sums
+syn keyword pb_k_sha384sums sha384sums contained
+syn match pbIllegalSha384sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha384sums
+syn match pbValidSha384sums /\x\{96\}/ contained
+syn region pbSha384sumsGroup start=/^sha384sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha384sums,pbSha384Quotes,pbSha384Hash,pbIllegalSha384sums keepend
+syn match pbSha384Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha384Hash,pbIllegalSha384sums
+syn match pbSha384Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha384sums
+hi def link pbSha384Quotes Keyword
+hi def link pbSha384Hash Error
+hi def link pbValidSha384sums  Number
+
+" sha512sums
+syn keyword pb_k_sha512sums sha512sums contained
+syn match pbIllegalSha512sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha512sums
+syn match pbValidSha512sums /\x\{128\}/ contained
+syn region pbSha512sumsGroup start=/^sha512sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha512sums,pbSha512Quotes,pbSha512Hash,pbIllegalSha512sums keepend
+syn match pbSha512Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha512Hash,pbIllegalSha512sums
+syn match pbSha512Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha512sums
+hi def link pbSha512Quotes Keyword
+hi def link pbSha512Hash Error
+hi def link pbValidSha512sums  Number
+
+" options
+syn keyword pb_k_options options contained
+syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|purge\|upx\|optipng\|distcc\|color\|ccache\|check\|sign\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
+syn match   pbOptionsNeg     /\!/ contained
+syn match   pbOptionsDeprec  /no/ contained
+syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption
+syn match pbIllegalOption /[^!"'()= ]/ contained contains=pbOptionsDeprec,pbOptions
+
+" noextract
+syn match pbNoextract /[[:alnum:]+._${}-]\+/ contained
+syn keyword pb_k_noextract noextract  contained
+syn region pbNoextractGroup  start=/^noextract=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_noextract,pbNoextract,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
+
+" comments
+syn keyword    pb_k_maintainer Maintainer Contributor contained
+syn match      pbMaintainerGroup /Maintainer.*/ contains=pbMaintainer contained
+
+syn match pbDate /[0-9]\{4}\/[0-9]\{2}\/[0-9]\{2}/ contained
+
+syn cluster    pbCommentGroup	contains=pbTodo,pb_k_maintainer,pbMaintainerGroup,pbDate
+syn keyword    pbTodo	contained	COMBAK FIXME TODO XXX
+syn match      pbComment	"^#.*$"	contains=@pbCommentGroup
+syn match      pbComment	"[^0-9]#.*$"	contains=@pbCommentGroup
+
+" quotes are handled by sh.vim
+
+hi def link pbComment Comment
+hi def link pbTodo Todo
+
+hi def link pbIllegalPkgname Error
+hi def link pb_k_pkgname pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalPkgbase Error
+hi def link pb_k_pkgbase pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalPkgver Error
+hi def link pb_k_pkgver pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalPkgrel Error
+hi def link pb_k_pkgrel pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalPkgdesc Error
+hi def link pb_k_desc pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalEpoch Error
+hi def link pb_k_epoch pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalUrl Error
+hi def link pb_k_url pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pb_k_license pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalLicense Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_backup pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pb_k_arch pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalArch Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_groups pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_makedepends pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_optdepends pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_ckdepends pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_depends pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_replaces pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_conflicts pbKeywords
+hi def link pb_k_provides pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalInstall Error
+hi def link pb_k_install pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbIllegalChangelog Error
+hi def link pb_k_changelog pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pb_k_source pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalSource Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_md5sums pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalMd5sums Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_sha1sums pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalSha1sums Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_sha256sums pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalSha256sums Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_sha384sums pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalSha384sums Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_sha512sums pbKeywords
+hi def link pbIllegalSha512sums Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_options pbKeywords
+hi def link pbOptionsDeprec Todo
+hi def link pbIllegalOption Error
+
+hi def link pb_k_noextract pbKeywords
+hi def link pbNoextract Normal
+
+hi def link pb_k_maintainer pbKeywords
+
+hi def link pbKeywords Keyword
+
+hi def link pbDate Special
+
+"syntax include @SHELL syntax/sh.vim
+"syntax region BUILD start=/^build()/ end=/^}/ contains=@SHELL
+"let b:current_syntax = "PKGBUILD"
+
+" vim: ft=vim

contrib/README

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Here is a brief description of the files included in this directory:
+
+PKGBUILD.vim - a vim/gvim syntax file for PKGBUILDs. Colors known variable
+names, highlights common errors such as invalid characters in pkgname or
+pkgver, etc.
+
+bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
+database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
+
+bash_completion - a bash completion script for pacman, install in
+/etc/bash_completion.d/ for use (but rename to something descriptive!).
+
+checkupdates - print a list of pending updates without touching the system
+sync databases (for safety on rolling release distributions).
+
+paccache - a flexible package cache cleaning utility that allows greater
+control over which packages are removed.
+
+pacdiff - a simple pacnew/pacsave updater for /etc/.
+
+paclist - list all packages installed from a given repository. Useful for
+seeing which packages you may have installed from the testing repository,
+for instance.
+
+paclog-pkglist - lists currently installs packages based pacman's log.
+
+pacscripts - tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
+scripts of a given package.
+
+pacsearch - a colorized search combining both -Ss and -Qs output. Installed
+packages are easily identified with a *** and local-only packages are also
+listed.
+
+rankmirrors - ranks pacman mirrors by their connection and opening speed.
+
+updpkgsums - performs an in place update of the checksums in a PKGBUILD.
+
+vimprojects - a project file for the vim project plugin.
+
+zsh_completion - a zsh completion script, install (with a rename) to
+/usr/share/zsh/site-functions/.

contrib/bacman.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+#   bacman: recreate a package from a running system
+#   This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
+#   stored into the pacman database and system files
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2008 locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
+#   Copyright (c) 2008-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+shopt -s extglob
+shopt -s nullglob
+
+declare -r myname='bacman'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+USE_COLOR='y'
+INCLUDE_PACNEW='n'
+# Required for fakeroot because options are shifted off the array.
+ARGS=("$@")
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
+
+#
+# User Friendliness
+#
+usage() {
+	echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
+	echo
+	echo "Recreate a package using pacman's database and system files"
+	echo
+	echo "Usage: ${myname} [--nocolor] [--pacnew] <installed package name>"
+	echo
+	echo "Example: ${myname} linux-headers"
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2008 locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>'
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>'
+}
+
+while [[ ! -z $1 ]]; do
+	if [[ $1 == "--nocolor" ]]; then
+		USE_COLOR='n'
+		shift
+	elif [[ $1 == "--pacnew" ]]; then
+		INCLUDE_PACNEW='y'
+		shift
+	else
+		break
+	fi
+done
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
+
+if (( $# != 1 )); then
+	usage
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
+	usage
+	exit 0
+elif [[ $1 = -@(V|-version) ]]; then
+	version
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+#
+# Fakeroot support
+#
+if (( EUID )); then
+	if [[ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]]; then
+		msg "Entering fakeroot environment"
+		export INFAKEROOT="1"
+		/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- "$0" "${ARGS[@]}"
+		exit $?
+	else
+		warning "installing fakeroot or running $myname as root is required to"
+		plain   "         preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages\n"
+	fi
+fi
+
+#
+# Setting environmental variables
+#
+if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]]; then
+	error "unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
+pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}/local"
+
+if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf ]]; then
+	error "unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+source "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
+if [[ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]]; then
+	source ~/.makepkg.conf
+fi
+
+pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
+pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
+
+pkg_name="$1"
+pkg_dir=("$pac_db/$pkg_name"-+([^-])-+([^-]))
+pkg_namver=("${pkg_dir[@]##*/}")
+
+#
+# Checks everything is in place
+#
+if [[ ! -d $pac_db ]]; then
+	error "pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if (( ${#pkg_dir[@]} != 1 )); then
+	error "%d entries for package %s found in pacman database" \
+		${#pkg_dir[@]} "${pkg_name}"
+	msg2 "%s" "${pkg_dir[@]}"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [[ ! -d $pkg_dir ]]; then
+	error "package %s is found in pacman database," "${pkg_name}"
+	plain "       but '%s' is not a directory" "${pkg_dir}"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+#
+# Begin
+#
+msg "Package: ${pkg_namver}"
+work_dir=$(mktemp -d "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/bacman.XXXXXXXXXX")
+cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
+
+#
+# File copying
+#
+msg2 "Copying package files..."
+
+while read i; do
+	if [[ -z $i ]]; then
+		continue
+	fi
+
+	if [[ $i == %+([A-Z])% ]]; then
+		current=$i
+		continue
+	fi
+
+	case "$current" in
+		%FILES%)
+			local_file="/$i"
+			package_file="$work_dir/$i"
+
+			if [[ ! -e $local_file ]]; then
+				warning "package file $local_file is missing"
+				continue
+			fi
+			;;
+
+		%BACKUP%)
+			# Get the MD5 checksum.
+			original_md5="${i##*$'\t'}"
+			# Strip the md5sum after the tab.
+			i="${i%$'\t'*}"
+			local_file="/$i.pacnew"
+			package_file="$work_dir/$i"
+
+			# Include unmodified .pacnew files.
+			local_md5="$(md5sum "$local_file" | cut -d' ' -f1)"
+			if [[ $INCLUDE_PACNEW == 'n' ]] \
+			|| [[ ! -e $local_file ]] \
+			|| [[ $local_md5 != $original_md5 ]]; then
+				# Warn about modified files.
+				local_md5="$(md5sum "/$i" | cut -d' ' -f1)"
+				if [[ $local_md5 != $original_md5 ]]; then
+					warning "package file /$i has been modified"
+				fi
+				# Let the normal file be included in the %FILES% list.
+				continue
+			fi
+			;;
+
+		*)
+			continue
+			;;
+	esac
+
+	ret=0
+	bsdtar -cnf - -s'/.pacnew$//' "$local_file" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf - 2> /dev/null
+
+	# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
+	if ! [[ -e $package_file || -L $package_file ]]; then
+		error "unable to add $local_file to the package"
+		plain "       If your user does not have permission to read this file, then"
+		plain "       you will need to run $myname as root."
+		rm -rf "$work_dir"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+done < "$pkg_dir"/files
+
+ret=$?
+if (( ret )); then
+	rm -rf "$work_dir"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
+
+#
+# .PKGINFO stuff
+# TODO adopt makepkg's write_pkginfo() into this or scripts/library
+#
+msg2 "Generating .PKGINFO metadata..."
+echo "# Generated by $myname $myver"    > .PKGINFO
+if [[ $INFAKEROOT == "1" ]]; then
+	echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)"    >> .PKGINFO
+fi
+echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)"            >> .PKGINFO
+echo "#"                    >> .PKGINFO
+
+while read i; do
+	if [[ -z $i ]]; then
+		continue;
+	fi
+
+	if [[ $i == %+([A-Z])% ]]; then
+		current=$i
+		continue
+	fi
+
+	case "$current" in
+		# desc
+		%NAME%)
+			echo "pkgname = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%VERSION%)
+			echo "pkgver = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%DESC%)
+			echo "pkgdesc = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%URL%)
+			echo "url = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%LICENSE%)
+			echo "license = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%ARCH%)
+			echo "arch = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			pkg_arch="$i"
+			;;
+		%BUILDDATE%)
+			echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%PACKAGER%)
+			echo "packager = $pkg_pkger"        >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%SIZE%)
+			echo "size = $pkg_size"        >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%GROUPS%)
+			echo "group = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%REPLACES%)
+			echo "replaces = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%DEPENDS%)
+			echo "depend = $i"   >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%OPTDEPENDS%)
+			echo "optdepend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%CONFLICTS%)
+			echo "conflict = $i" >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+		%PROVIDES%)
+			echo "provides = $i"  >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+
+		# files
+		%BACKUP%)
+			# Strip the md5sum after the tab
+			echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}"   >> .PKGINFO
+			;;
+	esac
+done < <(cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files})
+
+comp_files=".PKGINFO"
+
+if [[ -f $pkg_dir/install ]]; then
+	cp "$pkg_dir/install" "$work_dir/.INSTALL"
+	comp_files+=" .INSTALL"
+fi
+if [[ -f $pkg_dir/changelog ]]; then
+	cp "$pkg_dir/changelog" "$work_dir/.CHANGELOG"
+	comp_files+=" .CHANGELOG"
+fi
+
+#
+# Fixes owner:group and permissions for .PKGINFO, .CHANGELOG, .INSTALL
+#
+chown root:root "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
+chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
+
+#
+# Generate the package
+#
+msg2 "Generating the package..."
+
+pkg_file="$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch${PKGEXT}"
+ret=0
+
+# TODO: Maybe this can be set globally for robustness
+shopt -s -o pipefail
+bsdtar -cf - $comp_files * |
+case "$PKGEXT" in
+	*tar.gz)  gzip -c -f -n ;;
+	*tar.bz2) bzip2 -c -f ;;
+	*tar.xz)  xz -c -z - ;;
+	*tar.Z)   compress -c -f ;;
+	*tar)     cat ;;
+	*) warning "'%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
+	"$PKGEXT"; cat ;;
+esac > "${pkg_file}"; ret=$?
+
+if (( ret )); then
+	error "Unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
+	plain "       Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
+	rm -rf "$work_dir"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+rm -rf "$work_dir"
+
+msg "Done."
+
+exit 0
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/checkupdates.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+#   checkupdates: Safely print a list of pending updates.
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2013 Kyle Keen <keenerd@gmail.com>
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+declare -r myname='checkupdates'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
+m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
+
+if (( $# > 0 )); then
+	echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
+	echo
+	echo "Safely print a list of pending updates"
+	echo
+	echo "Usage: ${myname}"
+	echo
+	echo 'Note: Export the "CHECKUPDATES_DB" variable to change the path of the temporary database.'
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+if ! type -P fakeroot >/dev/null; then
+	error 'Cannot find the fakeroot binary.'
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [[ -z $CHECKUPDATES_DB ]]; then
+	CHECKUPDATES_DB="${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/checkup-db-${USER}/"
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CHECKUPDATES_DB/db.lck' INT TERM EXIT
+
+DBPath="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}"
+eval $(awk -F' *= *' '$1 ~ /DBPath/ { print $1 "=" $2 }' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
+
+mkdir -p "$CHECKUPDATES_DB"
+ln -s "${DBPath}/local" "$CHECKUPDATES_DB" &> /dev/null
+fakeroot -- pacman -Sy --dbpath "$CHECKUPDATES_DB" --logfile /dev/null &> /dev/null
+pacman -Qu --dbpath "$CHECKUPDATES_DB" 2> /dev/null | grep -v '\[.*\]'
+
+exit 0
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/paccache.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# pacache - flexible pacman cache cleaning
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+shopt -s extglob
+
+declare -r myname='paccache'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+declare -a cachedirs=() candidates=() cmdopts=() whitelist=() blacklist=()
+declare -i delete=0 dryrun=0 filecount=0 move=0 needsroot=0 totalsaved=0 verbose=0
+declare    delim=$'\n' keep=3 movedir= scanarch=
+
+QUIET=0
+USE_COLOR='y'
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
+m4_include(../scripts/library/parseopts.sh)
+
+die() {
+	error "$@"
+	exit 1
+}
+
+get_cachedir_from_config() {
+	local key value
+
+	while IFS=$'= \t' read -r key value _; do
+		if [[ $key = CacheDir ]]; then
+			echo "$value"
+			return 0
+		fi
+	done <"$1"
+
+	return 1
+}
+
+# reads a list of files on stdin and prints out deletion candidates
+pkgfilter() {
+	# there's whitelist and blacklist parameters passed to this
+	# script after the block of awk.
+
+	awk -v keep="$1" -v scanarch="$2" '
+	function basename(str) {
+		sub(".*/", "", str);
+		return str;
+	}
+
+	function parse_filename(filename,     parts, count, i, pkgname, arch) {
+
+		count = split(basename(filename), parts, "-")
+
+		i = 1
+		pkgname = parts[i++]
+		while (i <= count - 3) {
+			pkgname = pkgname "-" parts[i++]
+		}
+
+		arch = substr(parts[count], 1, index(parts[count], ".") - 1)
+
+		# filter on whitelist or blacklist
+		if (wlen && !whitelist[pkgname]) return
+		if (blen && blacklist[pkgname]) return
+
+		if ("" == packages[pkgname,arch]) {
+			packages[pkgname,arch] = filename
+		} else {
+			packages[pkgname,arch] = packages[pkgname,arch] SUBSEP filename
+		}
+	}
+
+	BEGIN {
+		# create whitelist
+		wlen = ARGV[1]; delete ARGV[1]
+		for (i = 2; i < 2 + wlen; i++) {
+			whitelist[ARGV[i]] = 1
+			delete ARGV[i]
+		}
+
+		# create blacklist
+		blen = ARGV[i]; delete ARGV[i]
+		while (i++ < ARGC) {
+			blacklist[ARGV[i]] = 1
+			delete ARGV[i]
+		}
+
+		# read package filenames
+		while (getline < "/dev/stdin") {
+			parse_filename($0)
+		}
+
+		for (pkglist in packages) {
+			# idx[1,2] = idx[pkgname,arch]
+			split(pkglist, idx, SUBSEP)
+
+			# enforce architecture match if specified
+			if (!scanarch || scanarch == idx[2]) {
+				count = split(packages[idx[1], idx[2]], pkgs, SUBSEP)
+				for(i = 1; i <= count - keep; i++) {
+					print pkgs[i]
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}' "${@:3}"
+}
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/size_to_human.sh)
+
+runcmd() {
+	if (( needsroot && EUID != 0 )); then
+		msg "Privilege escalation required"
+		if sudo -v &>/dev/null && sudo -l &>/dev/null; then
+			sudo "$@"
+		else
+			die 'Unable to escalate privileges using sudo'
+		fi
+	else
+		"$@"
+	fi
+}
+
+summarize() {
+	(( QUIET )) && return
+
+	local -i filecount=$1; shift
+	local seenarch= seen= arch= name=
+	local -r pkg_re='(.+)-[^-]+-[0-9]+-([^.]+)\.pkg.*'
+
+	if (( delete )); then
+		printf -v output 'finished: %d packages removed' "$filecount"
+	elif (( move )); then
+		printf -v output "finished: %d packages moved to '%s'" "$filecount" "$movedir"
+	elif (( dryrun )); then
+		if (( verbose )); then
+			msg "Candidate packages:"
+			while read -r pkg; do
+				if (( verbose >= 3 )); then
+					[[ $pkg =~ $pkg_re ]] && name=${BASH_REMATCH[1]} arch=${BASH_REMATCH[2]}
+					if [[ -z $seen || $seenarch != "$arch" || $seen != "$name" ]]; then
+						seen=$name seenarch=$arch
+						printf '%s (%s):\n' "${name##*/}" "$arch"
+					fi
+					printf '  %s\n' "${pkg##*/}"
+				elif (( verbose >= 2 )); then
+					printf "%s$delim" "$pkg"
+				else
+					printf "%s$delim" "${pkg##*/}"
+				fi
+			done < <(printf '%s\n' "$@" | pacsort --files)
+		fi
+		printf -v output 'finished dry run: %d candidates' "$filecount"
+	fi
+
+	echo
+	msg "$output (disk space saved: %s)" "$(size_to_human "$totalsaved")"
+}
+
+usage() {
+	cat <<EOF
+${myname} (pacman) v${myver}
+
+A flexible pacman cache cleaning utility.
+
+Usage: ${myname} <operation> [options] [targets...]
+
+  Operations:
+    -d, --dryrun          perform a dry run, only finding candidate packages.
+    -m, --move <dir>      move candidate packages to "dir".
+    -r, --remove          remove candidate packages.
+
+  Options:
+    -a, --arch <arch>     scan for "arch" (default: all architectures).
+    -c, --cachedir <dir>  scan "dir" for packages. can be used more than once.
+                          (default: read from @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf).
+    -f, --force           apply force to mv(1) and rm(1) operations.
+    -h, --help            display this help message and exit.
+    -i, --ignore <pkgs>   ignore "pkgs", comma-separated. Alternatively, specify
+                          "-" to read package names from stdin, newline-
+                          delimited.
+    -k, --keep <num>      keep "num" of each package in the cache (default: 3).
+        --nocolor         remove color from output.
+    -q, --quiet           minimize output
+    -u, --uninstalled     target uninstalled packages.
+    -v, --verbose         increase verbosity. specify up to 3 times.
+    -z, --null            use null delimiters for candidate names (only with -v
+                          and -vv).
+
+EOF
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>'
+}
+
+OPT_SHORT=':a:c:dfhi:k:m:qrsuVvz'
+OPT_LONG=('arch:' 'cachedir:' 'dryrun' 'force' 'help' 'ignore:' 'keep:' 'move'
+          'nocolor' 'quiet' 'remove' 'uninstalled' 'version' 'verbose' 'null')
+
+if ! parseopts "$OPT_SHORT" "${OPT_LONG[@]}" -- "$@"; then
+	exit 1
+fi
+set -- "${OPTRET[@]}"
+unset OPT_SHORT OPT_LONG OPTRET
+
+while :; do
+	case $1 in
+		-a|--arch)
+			scanarch=$2
+			shift ;;
+		-c|--cachedir)
+			cachedirs+=("$2")
+			shift ;;
+		-d|--dryrun)
+			dryrun=1 ;;
+		-f|--force)
+			cmdopts=(-f) ;;
+		-h|--help)
+			usage
+			exit 0 ;;
+		-i|--ignore)
+			if [[ $2 = '-' ]]; then
+				[[ ! -t 0 ]] && IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign
+			else
+				IFS=',' read -r -a ign <<< "$2"
+			fi
+			blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
+			unset i ign
+			shift ;;
+		-k|--keep)
+			keep=$2
+			if [[ -z $keep || -n ${keep//[0-9]/} ]]; then
+				die 'argument to option -k must be a non-negative integer'
+			else
+				keep=$(( 10#$keep ))
+			fi
+			shift ;;
+		-m|--move)
+			move=1 movedir=$2
+			shift ;;
+		--nocolor)
+			USE_COLOR='n' ;;
+		-q|--quiet)
+			QUIET=1 ;;
+		-r|--remove)
+			delete=1 ;;
+		-u|--uninstalled)
+			IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign < <(pacman -Qq)
+			# pacman -Qq may exit with an error, thus making ign an empty array
+			(( ${#ign[@]} )) || die 'failed to retrieve the list of installed packages'
+			blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
+			unset ign ;;
+		-V|--version)
+			version
+			exit 0 ;;
+		-v|--verbose)
+			(( ++verbose )) ;;
+		-z|--null)
+			delim='\0' ;;
+		--)
+			shift
+			break 2 ;;
+	esac
+	shift
+done
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
+
+# setting default cachedir
+if [[ -z $cachedirs ]]; then
+	if cachedir=$(get_cachedir_from_config "@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"); then
+		cachedirs=("$cachedir")
+	else
+		cachedirs=("${cachedirs[@]:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}")
+	fi
+fi
+
+# remaining args are a whitelist
+whitelist=("$@")
+
+# sanity checks
+case $(( dryrun+delete+move )) in
+	0) die "no operation specified (use -h for help)" ;;
+	[^1]) die "only one operation may be used at a time" ;;
+esac
+
+[[ $movedir && ! -d $movedir ]] &&
+	die "destination directory '%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$movedir"
+
+if (( move || delete )); then
+	# make it an absolute path since we're about to chdir
+	[[ $movedir && ${movedir:0:1} != '/' ]] && movedir=$PWD/$movedir
+	[[ $movedir && ! -w $movedir ]] && needsroot=1
+fi
+
+for cachedir in "${cachedirs[@]}"; do
+	[[ -d $cachedir ]] ||
+		die "cachedir '%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
+
+	if (( move || delete )); then
+		[[ ! -w $cachedir ]] && needsroot=1
+	fi
+
+	# unlikely that this will fail, but better make sure
+	pushd "$cachedir" &>/dev/null || die "failed to chdir to '%s'" "$cachedir"
+
+	# note that these results are returned in an arbitrary order from awk, but
+	# they'll be resorted (in summarize) iff we have a verbosity level set.
+	IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a cand < \
+		<(printf '%s\n' "$PWD"/*.pkg.tar?(.+([^.])) | pacsort --files |
+			pkgfilter "$keep" "$scanarch" \
+				"${#whitelist[*]}" "${whitelist[@]}" \
+				"${#blacklist[*]}" "${blacklist[@]}")
+
+	candidates+=("${cand[@]}")
+	unset cand
+
+	popd &>/dev/null
+done
+
+if (( ! ${#candidates[*]} )); then
+	msg 'no candidate packages found for pruning'
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+# grab this prior to signature scavenging
+pkgcount=${#candidates[*]}
+
+# copy the list, merging in any found sigs
+for cand in "${candidates[@]}"; do
+	candtemp+=("$cand")
+	[[ -f $cand.sig ]] && candtemp+=("$cand.sig")
+done
+candidates=("${candtemp[@]}")
+unset candtemp
+
+# do this before we destroy anything
+totalsaved=$(@SIZECMD@ "${candidates[@]}" | awk '{ sum += $1 } END { print sum }')
+
+# crush. kill. destroy.
+(( verbose )) && cmdopts+=(-v)
+if (( delete )); then
+	printf '%s\0' "${candidates[@]}" | runcmd xargs -0 rm "${cmdopts[@]}"
+elif (( move )); then
+	printf '%s\0' "${candidates[@]}" | runcmd xargs -0 mv "${cmdopts[@]}" -t "$movedir"
+fi
+
+summarize "$pkgcount" "${candidates[@]}"
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/pacdiff.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#   pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacsave updater
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
+#   Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+shopt -s extglob
+
+declare -r myname='pacdiff'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-'vim -d'}
+diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
+USE_COLOR='y'
+declare -a oldsaves
+declare -i USE_FIND=0 USE_LOCATE=0 USE_PACDB=0 OUTPUTONLY=0
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
+
+usage() {
+	cat <<EOF
+${myname} (pacman) v${myver}
+
+A simple program to merge or remove pacnew/pacsave files.
+
+Usage: $myname [-l | -f | -p] [--nocolor]
+
+Search Options:     select one (default: --pacmandb)
+  -l/--locate       scan using locate
+  -f/--find         scan using find
+  -p/--pacmandb     scan active config files from pacman database
+
+General Options:
+  -o/--output       print files instead of merging them
+  --nocolor         remove colors from output
+
+Environment Variables:
+  DIFFPROG          override the merge program: (default: 'vim -d')
+  DIFFSEARCHPATH    override the search path. (only when using find)
+                    (default: /etc)
+
+Example: DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH="/boot /etc /usr" $myname
+Example: $myname --output --locate
+
+EOF
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>'
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2013-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>'
+}
+
+print_existing() {
+	[[ -f "$1" ]] && printf '%s\0' "$1"
+}
+
+print_existing_pacsave(){
+	for f in "${1}"?(.+([0-9])); do
+		[[ -f $f ]] && printf '%s\0' "$f"
+	done
+}
+
+cmd() {
+	if (( USE_LOCATE )); then
+		locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave '*.pacsave.[0-9]*'
+	elif (( USE_FIND )); then
+		find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave -o -name '*.pacsave.[0-9]*' \) -print0
+	elif (( USE_PACDB )); then
+		awk '/^%BACKUP%$/ {
+		while (getline) {
+			if (/^$/) { nextfile }
+				print $1
+			}
+		}' "${pac_db}"/*/files | while read -r bkup; do
+			print_existing "/$bkup.pacnew"
+			print_existing "/$bkup.pacorig"
+			print_existing_pacsave "/$bkup.pacsave"
+		done
+	fi
+}
+
+while [[ -n "$1" ]]; do
+	case "$1" in
+		-l|--locate)
+			USE_LOCATE=1;;
+		-f|--find)
+			USE_FIND=1;;
+		-p|--pacmandb)
+			USE_PACDB=1;;
+		-o|--output)
+			OUTPUTONLY=1;;
+		--nocolor)
+			USE_COLOR='n';;
+		-V|--version)
+			version; exit 0;;
+		-h|--help)
+			usage; exit 0;;
+		*)
+			usage; exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift
+done
+
+m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
+
+if ! type -p ${diffprog%% *} >/dev/null && (( ! OUTPUTONLY )); then
+	error "Cannot find the $diffprog binary required for viewing differences."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+case $(( USE_FIND + USE_LOCATE + USE_PACDB )) in
+	0) USE_PACDB=1;; # set the default search option
+	[^1]) error "Only one search option may be used at a time"
+	 	usage; exit 1;;
+esac
+
+if (( USE_PACDB )); then
+	if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]]; then
+		error "unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
+		usage; exit 1
+	fi
+
+	eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
+	pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}local"
+	if [[ ! -d "${pac_db}" ]]; then
+		error "unable to read pacman database %s". "${pac_db}"
+		usage; exit 1
+	fi
+fi
+
+# see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020
+while IFS= read -u 3 -r -d '' pacfile; do
+	file="${pacfile%.pac*}"
+	file_type="pac${pacfile##*.pac}"
+
+	if (( OUTPUTONLY )); then
+		echo "$pacfile"
+		continue
+	fi
+
+	# add matches for pacsave.N to oldsaves array, do not prompt
+	if [[ $file_type = pacsave.+([0-9]) ]]; then
+		oldsaves+=("$pacfile")
+		continue
+	fi
+
+	msg "%s file found for %s" "$file_type" "$file"
+	if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then
+		warning "$file does not exist"
+		rm -iv "$pacfile"
+		continue
+	fi
+
+	if cmp -s "$pacfile" "$file"; then
+		msg2 "Files are identical, removing..."
+		rm -v "$pacfile"
+	else
+		ask "(V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove %s, (O)verwrite with %s, (Q)uit: [v/s/r/o/q] " "$file_type" "$file_type"
+		while read c; do
+			case $c in
+				q|Q) exit 0;;
+				r|R) rm -v "$pacfile"; break ;;
+				o|O) mv -v "$pacfile" "$file"; break ;;
+				v|V)
+					$diffprog "$pacfile" "$file"
+					ask "(V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove %s, (O)verwrite with %s, (Q)uit: [v/s/r/o/q] " "$file_type" "$file_type";
+					continue ;;
+				s|S) break ;;
+				*) ask "Invalid answer. Try again: [v/s/r/o/q] "; continue ;;
+			esac
+		done
+	fi
+done 3< <(cmd)
+
+(( ${#oldsaves[@]} )) && warning "Ignoring %s" "${oldsaves[@]}"
+
+exit 0
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/paclist.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# paclist - List all packages installed from a given repo
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
+# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+declare -r myname='paclist'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
+export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
+
+# determine whether we have gettext; make it a no-op if we do not
+if ! type gettext &>/dev/null; then
+	gettext() {
+		echo "$@"
+	}
+fi
+
+usage() {
+	printf "%s (pacman) v%s\n" "${myname}" "${myver}"
+	echo
+	printf "List all packages installed from a given repository\n" "${myname}"
+	echo
+	printf "Usage: %s <repository>\n" "${myname}"
+	echo
+	printf "Example: %s testing\n" "${myname}"
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>'
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>'
+}
+
+if [[ -z $1 ]]; then
+	usage
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
+	usage
+	exit 0
+elif [[ $1 = -@(V|-version) ]]; then
+	version
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+printf -v installed '[%s]' "$(gettext installed)"
+pacman -Sl $1 | awk -v i="$installed" '$NF == i { print $2,$3 }'
+
+# exit with pacman's return value, not awk's
+exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/paclog-pkglist.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# paclog-pkglist - Parse a log file into a list of currently installed packages
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dave@archlinux.org>
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+declare -r myname='paclog-pkglist'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
+export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
+declare logfile=${1:-@localstatedir@/log/pacman.log}
+
+usage() {
+	printf "%s (pacman) v%s\n" "${myname}" "${myver}"
+	echo
+	echo "Parse a log file into a list of currently installed packages"
+	echo
+	printf "Usage: %s [path to pacman log]\n" "${myname}"
+	echo
+	printf "Example: %s @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n" "${myname}"
+	echo
+	echo 'Defaults to: @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log'
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dave@archlinux.org>'
+}
+
+if [[ $1 ]]; then
+	if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
+		usage
+		exit 0
+	elif [[ $1 = -@(V|-version) ]]; then
+		version
+		exit 0
+	elif [[ ! -e $logfile ]]; then
+		printf $"target not found: %s\n" "$1"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+fi
+
+<"$logfile" awk '
+{
+	if ($3 ~ /^\[.*\]$/) {
+		# new style with caller name
+		action  = $4
+		pkgname = $5
+		pkgver  = $6
+		upgver  = $8
+		nfields = NF
+	} else {
+		action  = $3
+		pkgname = $4
+		pkgver  = $5
+		upgver  = $7
+		nfields = (NF + 1)    # compensate for missing caller field
+	}
+}
+
+nfields == 6 && action == "installed" {
+	gsub(/[()]/, "", pkgver)
+	pkg[pkgname] = pkgver
+	next
+}
+
+nfields == 8 && (action == "upgraded" || action == "downgraded") {
+	sub(/\)/, "", upgver)
+	pkg[pkgname] = upgver
+	next
+}
+
+nfields == 6 && action == "removed" {
+	pkg[pkgname] = -1
+}
+
+END {
+	for (i in pkg) {
+		if (pkg[i] != -1) {
+			printf "%s %s\n",i,pkg[i]
+		}
+	}
+}' | sort
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/pacscripts.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+#   pacscripts : tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
+#   scripts of a given package
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
+#   Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+# bash options
+set -o nounset
+set -o errexit
+
+declare -r myname='pacscripts'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+conf="@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
+
+if [ ! -r "$conf" ]; then
+	echo "ERROR: unable to read $conf"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
+eval $(awk '/CacheDir/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
+pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman}/local"
+pac_cache="${CacheDir:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}"
+
+error() {
+	local mesg=$1; shift
+	printf "==> $(gettext "ERROR:") ${mesg}\n" "$@" >&2
+}
+
+usage() {
+	echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
+	echo
+	echo "Prints the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade} scripts of a given package."
+	echo
+	echo "Usage: ${myname} <pkgname|pkgfile>"
+	echo
+	echo " Options:"
+	echo "  -h, --help                 Print this help message"
+	echo "  -v, --version              Print program name and version"
+	echo
+	echo "Example: ${myname} gconf-editor"
+	echo "Example: ${myname} gconf-editor-3.0.1-3-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz"
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (c) 2009 Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>'
+	echo 'Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>'
+}
+
+spacman() {
+	if [ $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
+		pacman "$@"
+	else
+		if ! type -p sudo; then
+			error "Cannot find the sudo binary!"
+			error "${myname} requires root privileges. Either install \"sudo\" or run as root."
+			exit 1
+		else
+			sudo pacman "$@"
+		fi
+	fi
+}
+
+print_db() {
+	pkg=$(pacman -Q "$1")
+	pkg=${pkg/ /-}
+	if [ -f $pac_db/$pkg*/install ]; then
+		cat $pac_db/$pkg*/install
+		echo
+		return 0
+	else
+		error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
+		return 1
+	fi
+}
+
+print_pkg() {
+	if ! bsdtar -xqOf "$1" .INSTALL 2>/dev/null; then
+		error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
+		return 1
+	fi
+	echo
+}
+
+print_scriptlet() {
+	if [ -f "$1" ]; then
+		if bsdtar tf "$1" .PKGINFO &>/dev/null; then
+			print_pkg "$1"
+			return
+		fi
+	fi
+	if pacman -Q "$1" &>/dev/null; then
+		print_db "$1"
+		return
+	fi
+	if ! pacman -Si $1 &>/dev/null; then
+		error "Package $1 not found"
+		return 1
+	fi
+	url=$(pacman -Sddp $1)
+	filename=$(basename $url)
+	if [ ! -f "$pac_cache/$filename" ]; then
+		if ! spacman -Sddw --noconfirm $1 >&2; then
+			error "Failed to download $1"
+			return 1
+		fi
+		echo >&2
+	fi
+	print_pkg "$pac_cache/$filename"
+	return
+}
+
+if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
+	usage
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+	--help|-h) usage; exit 0 ;;
+	--version|-V) version; exit 0 ;;
+	*) print_scriptlet $1 ;;
+esac

contrib/pacsearch.in

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# pacsearch - Perform a pacman search using both the local and the sync databases
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2014 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
+#
+# Based off original shell script version:
+# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Term::ANSIColor;
+
+my $myname = 'pacsearch';
+my $myver = '@PACKAGE_VERSION@';
+
+sub usage {
+	print "$myname (pacman) v$myver\n\n";
+	print "Perform a pacman search using both the local and the sync databases.\n\n";
+	print "Usage: $myname [-n] <pattern>\n\n";
+	print "Options:\n";
+	print "	 -n, --nocolor: turn off coloring\n\n";
+	print "Example: $myname ^gnome\n";
+}
+
+sub version {
+	printf "%s %s\n", $myname, $myver;
+	print "Copyright (C) 2008-2014 Dan McGee <dan\@archlinux.org>\n\n";
+	print "Based off original shell script version:\n";
+	print "Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan\@archlinux.org>\n";
+}
+
+if ($#ARGV lt 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
+	usage;
+	if ($#ARGV lt 0) {
+		exit 1;
+	}
+	exit 0;
+}
+
+if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-V") {
+	version;
+	exit 0;
+}
+
+# define formatting variables
+my($BLUE, $CYAN, $GREEN, $MAGENTA, $RED, $YELLOW, $BOLD, $RESET);
+if ($ARGV[0] eq "--nocolor" || $ARGV[0] eq "-n") {
+	shift;
+	$BLUE = "";
+	$CYAN = "";
+	$GREEN = "";
+	$MAGENTA = "";
+	$RED = "";
+	$YELLOW = "";
+	$BOLD = "";
+	$RESET = "";
+} else {
+	$BLUE = color('blue');
+	$CYAN = color('cyan');
+	$GREEN = color('green');
+	$MAGENTA = color('magenta');
+	$RED = color('red');
+	$YELLOW = color('yellow');
+	$BOLD = color('bold');
+	$RESET = color('reset');
+}
+
+# localization
+my $LC_INSTALLED = `gettext pacman installed`;
+
+# Print a "repo/pkgname pkgver (groups) [installed]" line.
+# We stick to pacman colors.
+sub print_pkg {
+	my @v = @_;
+	print "$RESET$BOLD";
+	if ( "$v[0]" eq "local" ) {
+		print "$RED";
+	} else {
+		print "$MAGENTA";
+	}
+	print "$v[0]/$RESET$BOLD$v[1] $GREEN$v[2]$BLUE$v[3]$CYAN$v[4]$RESET\n";
+	print "$v[5]";
+}
+
+sub list_pkg {
+	my $db = shift;
+	open (my $out, '-|', 'pacman', $db, '--', @ARGV) or exit 1;
+	my @pkglist = ();
+	while ( readline($out) ) {
+		# We grab the following fields: repo, name, ver, group, installed, and
+		# desc. We grab leading space for 'group' and 'installed' so that we do
+		# not need to test if non-empty when printing.
+		my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) (.*?)( \(.*?\))?( \[.*\])?$/s;
+		my $desc = readline($out);
+		# since 'group' and 'installed' are optional, we should fill it in if
+		# necessary
+		$pkgfields[3] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[3];
+		$pkgfields[4] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[4];
+		$pkgfields[5] = $desc;
+		push (@pkglist, \@pkgfields);
+	}
+	close ($out);
+	return @pkglist;
+}
+
+my @sync = list_pkg('-Ss', @ARGV);
+my %allpkgs = map {$_->[1] . $_->[2] => 1} @sync;
+my @query = grep { not $allpkgs{$_->[1] . $_->[2]}} list_pkg('-Qs', @ARGV);
+$_->[4] = " [$LC_INSTALLED]" foreach @query;
+print_pkg (@{$_}) foreach (@sync, @query);
+
+#vim: set noet:

contrib/rankmirrors.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+#   rankmirrors - read a list of mirrors from a file and rank them by speed
+#   @configure_input@
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2009 Matthew Bruenig <matthewbruenig@gmail.com>
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# traps interrupt key to spit out pre-interrupt info
+trap finaloutput INT
+
+declare -r myname='rankmirrors'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+usage() {
+	echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
+	echo
+	echo "Ranks pacman mirrors by their connection and opening speed. Pacman mirror"
+	echo "files are located in @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/. It can also rank one mirror if the URL is"
+	echo "provided."
+	echo
+	echo "Usage: ${myname} [options] MIRRORFILE | URL"
+	echo
+	echo "Options:"
+	echo "  --version      show program's version number and exit"
+	echo "  -h, --help     show this help message and exit"
+	echo "  -n NUM         number of servers to output, 0 for all"
+	echo "  -t, --times    only output mirrors and their response times"
+	echo "  -u, --url      test a specific URL"
+	echo "  -v, --verbose  be verbose in ouptut"
+	echo "  -r, --repo     specify a repository name instead of guessing"
+	exit 0
+}
+
+version() {
+	echo "${myname} (pacman) ${myver}"
+	echo "Copyright (c) 2009 Matthew Bruenig <matthewbruenig@gmail.com>."
+	echo
+	echo "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions."
+	echo "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+	exit 0
+}
+
+err() {
+	echo "$1" >&2
+	exit 1
+}
+
+# gettime fetchurl (e.g gettime http://foo.com/core/os/i686/core.db.tar.gz)
+# returns the fetching time, or timeout, or unreachable
+gettime() {
+	IFS=' ' output=( $(curl -s -m 10 -w "%{time_total} %{http_code}" "$1" -o/dev/null) )
+	(( $? == 28 )) && echo timeout && return
+	(( ${output[1]} >= 400 || ! ${output[1]} )) && echo unreachable && return
+	echo "${output[0]}"
+}
+
+# getfetchurl serverurl (e.g. getturl http://foo.com/core/os/i686)
+# if $repo is in the line, then assumes core
+# if $arch is in the line, then assumes $(uname -m)
+# returns a fetchurl (e.g. http://foo.com/core/os/i686/core.db.tar.gz)
+ARCH="$(uname -m)"
+getfetchurl() {
+	local strippedurl="${1%/}"
+
+	local replacedurl="${strippedurl//'$arch'/$ARCH}"
+	if [[ ! $TARGETREPO ]]; then
+		replacedurl="${replacedurl//'$repo'/core}"
+		local tmp="${replacedurl%/*}"
+		tmp="${tmp%/*}"
+
+		local reponame="${tmp##*/}"
+	else
+		replacedurl="${replacedurl//'$repo'/$TARGETREPO}"
+		local reponame="$TARGETREPO"
+	fi
+
+	if [[ -z $reponame || $reponame = $replacedurl ]]; then
+		echo "fail"
+	else
+		local fetchurl="${replacedurl}/$reponame.db"
+		echo "$fetchurl"
+	fi
+}
+
+# This exists to remove the need for a separate interrupt function
+finaloutput() {
+	IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a sortedarray < \
+		<(printf '%s\n' "${timesarray[@]}" | LC_COLLATE=C sort)
+
+	# Final output for mirrorfile
+	numiterator="0"
+	if [[ $TIMESONLY ]]; then
+		echo
+		echo " Servers sorted by time (seconds):"
+		for line in "${sortedarray[@]}"; do
+			echo "${line#* } : ${line% *}"
+			((numiterator++))
+			(( NUM && numiterator >= NUM )) && break
+		done
+	else
+		for line in "${sortedarray[@]}"; do
+			echo "Server = ${line#* }"
+			((numiterator++))
+			(( NUM && numiterator >= NUM )) && break
+		done
+	fi
+	exit 0
+}
+
+
+# Argument parsing
+[[ $1 ]] || usage
+while [[ $1 ]]; do
+	if [[ ${1:0:2} = -- ]]; then
+		case "${1:2}" in
+			help) usage ;;
+			version) version ;;
+			times) TIMESONLY=1 ; shift ;;
+			verbose) VERBOSE=1 ; shift ;;
+			url)
+				CHECKURL=1;
+				[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify URL.";
+				URL="$2";
+				shift 2;;
+			repo)
+				[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify repository name.";
+				TARGETREPO="$2";
+				shift 2;;
+			*) err "'$1' is an invalid argument."
+		esac
+	elif [[ ${1:0:1} = - ]]; then
+
+		if [[ ! ${1:1:1} ]]; then
+			[[ -t 0 ]] && err "Stdin is empty."
+			IFS=$'\n' linearray=( $(</dev/stdin) )
+			STDIN=1
+			shift
+		else
+			snum=1
+			for ((i=1 ; i<${#1}; i++)); do
+				case ${1:$i:1} in
+					h) usage ;;
+					t) TIMESONLY=1 ;;
+					v) VERBOSE=1 ;;
+					u)
+						CHECKURL=1;
+						[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify URL.";
+						URL="$2";
+						snum=2;;
+					r)
+						[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify repository name.";
+						TARGETREPO="$2";
+						snum=2;;
+					n)
+						[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify number.";
+						NUM="$2";
+						snum=2;;
+					*) err "'$1' is an invalid argument." ;;
+				esac
+			done
+			shift $snum
+		fi
+	elif [[ -f $1 ]]; then
+		FILE="1"
+		IFS=$'\n' linearray=( $(<$1) )
+		[[ $linearray ]] || err "File is empty."
+		shift
+	else
+		err "'$1' does not exist."
+	fi
+done
+
+# Some sanity checks
+[[ $NUM ]] || NUM=0
+[[ $FILE && $CHECKURL ]] && err "Cannot specify a URL and mirrorfile."
+[[ $FILE || $CHECKURL || $STDIN ]] || err "Must specify URL, mirrorfile, or stdin."
+
+# Single URL handling
+if [[ $CHECKURL ]]; then
+	url="$(getfetchurl "$URL")"
+	[[ $url = fail ]] && err "URL '$URL' is malformed."
+	[[ $VERBOSE ]] && echo "Testing $url..."
+	time=$(gettime "$url")
+	echo "$URL : $time"
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+# Get URL results from mirrorfile, fill up the array, and so on
+if [[ $TIMESONLY ]]; then
+	echo "Querying servers. This may take some time..."
+elif [[ $FILE ]]; then
+	echo "# Server list generated by rankmirrors on $(date +%Y-%m-%d)"
+fi
+
+timesarray=()
+for line in "${linearray[@]}"; do
+	if [[ $line =~ ^[[:space:]]*# ]]; then
+		[[ $TIMESONLY ]] || echo $line
+	elif [[ $line =~ ^[[:space:]]*Server ]]; then
+
+		# Getting values and times and such
+		server="${line#*= }"
+		server="${server%%#*}"
+		url="$(getfetchurl "$server")"
+		[[ $url = fail ]] && err "URL '$URL' is malformed."
+		time=$(gettime "$url")
+		timesarray+=("$time $server")
+
+		# Output
+		if [[ $VERBOSE && $TIMESONLY ]]; then
+			echo "$server ... $time"
+		elif [[ $VERBOSE ]]; then
+			echo "# $server ... $time"
+		elif [[ $TIMESONLY ]]; then
+			echo -n "   *"
+		fi
+	fi
+done
+finaloutput
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/updpkgsums.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# updpkgsums - update source checksums in-place in PKGBUILDs
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+shopt -s extglob
+
+declare -r myname='updpkgsums'
+declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
+
+usage() {
+	printf "%s (pacman) v%s\n" "${myname}" "${myver}"
+	echo
+	printf "%s will perform an in place update of the checksums in the\n" "${myname}"
+	echo "path specified by [build file], defaulting to PKGBUILD in the current"
+	echo "working directory."
+	echo
+	printf "Usage: %s [build file]\n" "${myname}"
+	echo
+	echo "    -h, --help        display this help message and exit"
+	echo "    -V, --version     display version information and exit"
+}
+
+version() {
+	printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
+	echo 'Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>'
+}
+
+die() {
+	printf "==> ERROR: $1\n" "${@:2}" >&2
+	exit 1
+}
+
+case $1 in
+	-h|--help) usage; exit ;;
+	-V|--version) version; exit ;;
+esac
+
+buildfile=${1:-PKGBUILD}
+if [[ ! -f $buildfile ]]; then
+	die "%s not found or is not a file" "$buildfile"
+fi
+
+# Resolve any symlinks to avoid replacing the symlink with a file. But, we
+# have to do this portably -- readlink's flags are inconsistent across OSes.
+while [[ -L $buildfile ]]; do
+	buildfile=$(readlink "$buildfile")
+	if [[ $buildfile = */* ]]; then
+		cd "${buildfile%/*}"
+		buildfile=${buildfile##*/}
+	fi
+done
+
+# cd into the directory with the build file. This avoids creating random src/
+# directories scattered about the filesystem, and avoids cases where we might
+# not be able to write in the $PWD.
+if [[ $buildfile = */* ]]; then
+	cd "${buildfile%/*}"
+	buildfile=${buildfile##*/}
+fi
+
+# Check $PWD/ for permission to unlink the $buildfile and write a new one
+if [[ ! -w . ]]; then
+	die "No write permission in '%s'" "$PWD"
+fi
+
+# Generate the new sums
+export BUILDDIR=$(mktemp -d  "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/updpkgsums.XXXXXX")
+newbuildfile=$(mktemp "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/updpkgsums.XXXXXX")
+
+trap "rm -rf '$BUILDDIR' '$newbuildfile'" EXIT
+newsums=$(makepkg -g -p "$buildfile") || die 'Failed to generate new checksums'
+awk -v newsums="$newsums" '
+	/^[[:blank:]]*(md|sha)[[:digit:]]+sums(_[^=]+)?=/,/\)[[:blank:]]*(#.*)?$/ {
+		if (!w) {
+			print newsums
+			w++
+		}
+		next
+	}
+
+	1
+	END { if (!w) print newsums }
+' "$buildfile" > "$newbuildfile" || die 'Failed to write new PKGBUILD'
+
+# Rewrite the original buildfile. Use cat instead of mv/cp to preserve
+# permissions implicitly.
+if ! cat -- "$newbuildfile" >"$buildfile"; then
+	die "Failed to update %s. The file has not been modified." "$buildfile"
+fi
+
+# vim: set noet:

contrib/vimprojects

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+This is a project file
+for the vim-project plugin.
+Save it as ~/.vimprojects
+
+$ pacman -S vim-project
+change the pacman path below
+$ vim
+:Project
+
+Press \r in the project view
+on a project name to generate
+the list of files
+
+pacman=~/devel/pacman/ CD=. filter="*.ac *.am" flags=S {
+  libalpm=lib/libalpm/ filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
+  }
+  pacman=src/pacman/ filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
+  }
+  scripts=scripts/ filter="*.sh.in *.py.in *.am" {
+  }
+  utils=src/util filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
+  }
+  contrib=contrib CD=. {
+  }
+}

doc/.gitignore

@@ -1,4 +1,17 @@
-*.[1-8]
+alpm-hooks.5
+PKGBUILD.5
+libalpm.3
+makepkg.8
+makepkg-template.1
+makepkg.conf.5
+pacman.8
+pacman-key.8
+pacman.conf.5
+pactree.8
+pkgdelta.8
+repo-add.8
+repo-remove.8
+vercmp.8
 asciidoc-manpage.css
 asciidoc.css
 asciidoc.js
@@ -6,4 +19,3 @@ asciidoc.js
 *.xml
 man3
 website.tar.gz
-Doxyfile

doc/BUILDINFO.5.asciidoc

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-BUILDINFO(5)
-============
-
-Name
-----
-BUILDINFO - Makepkg package build information file
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-This manual page describes the format of a BUILDINFO file found in the root of
-a package created by makepkg. The file contains a description of the package's
-build environment. The information is formatted in key-value pairs separated by
-a '=', one value per line. Arrays are represented as multiple key-value pairs
-having the same key.
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This is a description of the contents of version '2' of the
-BUILDINFO file format.
-
-*format*::
-	Denotes the file format version, represented by a plain positive integer.
-
-*pkgname*::
-	The name of the package.
-
-*pkgbase*::
-
-	The base name of a package, usually the same as the pkgname except for
-	split packages.
-
-*pkgver*::
-	The version of the package including pkgrel and epoch.
-
-*pkgarch*::
-	The architecture of the package.
-
-*pkgbuild_sha256sum*::
-	The sha256sum in hex format of the PKGBUILD used to build the package.
-
-*packager*::
-	The details of the packager that built the package.
-
-*builddate*::
-	The build date of the package in epoch.
-
-*builddir*::
-	The directory where the package was built.
-
-*startdir*::
-	The directory from which makepkg was executed.
-
-*buildtool*::
-	The name of the tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used
-	for defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the source of the
-	linkman:makepkg.conf[5] used.
-
-*buildtoolver*::
-	The full version of the 'buildtool', for example:
-	"$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
-
-*buildenv (array)*::
-	The build environment specified in makepkg.conf.
-
-*options (array)*::
-	The options set specified when building the package.
-
-*installed (array)*::
-	The installed packages at build time including the version information of
-	the package. Formatted as "$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
-
-include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/Doxyfile

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.9.3
+# Doxyfile 1.8.2
 
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Project related configuration options
@@ -8,9 +8,8 @@ PROJECT_NAME           = libalpm
 PROJECT_NUMBER         =
 PROJECT_BRIEF          = "Arch Linux Package Manager Library"
 PROJECT_LOGO           =
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = @OUTPUT_DIRECTORY@
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./
 CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
 OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
 BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
 REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
@@ -32,47 +31,41 @@ STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
 STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
 SHORT_NAMES            = NO
 JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
-JAVADOC_BANNER         = NO
 QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
 MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-PYTHON_DOCSTRING       = YES
 INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
 SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
 TAB_SIZE               = 4
 ALIASES                =
+TCL_SUBST              =
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
 OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE  = NO
 EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
 MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
-TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS   = 5
 AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
 BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
 CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
 SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
 IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
 DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
 SUBGROUPING            = YES
 INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = YES
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = YES
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
 LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-NUM_PROC_THREADS       = 1
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Build related configuration options
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
 EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
-EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL   = NO
 EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
 EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
 EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
 EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
 EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-RESOLVE_UNNAMED_PARAMS = YES
 HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
 HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
 HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
@@ -80,10 +73,7 @@ HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = YES
 INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
 CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
 HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-SHOW_HEADERFILE        = YES
 SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
 FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
 INLINE_INFO            = YES
 SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
@@ -105,30 +95,26 @@ FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
 LAYOUT_FILE            =
 CITE_BIB_FILES         =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 QUIET                  = NO
 WARNINGS               = YES
 WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
 WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC = YES
 WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
-WARN_AS_ERROR          = NO
 WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
 WARN_LOGFILE           =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
+# configuration options related to the input files
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-INPUT                  = @INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm.h \
-                         @INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm_list.h
+INPUT                  = ../lib/libalpm/
 INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
 FILE_PATTERNS          =
 RECURSIVE              = NO
 EXCLUDE                =
 EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
 EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = _alpm_* \
-                         __alpm_*
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
 EXAMPLE_PATH           =
 EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
 EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
@@ -137,9 +123,8 @@ INPUT_FILTER           =
 FILTER_PATTERNS        =
 FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
 FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
+# configuration options related to source browsing
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
 INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
@@ -147,16 +132,16 @@ STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
 REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
 REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
 REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
 USE_HTAGS              = NO
 VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = NO
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
 IGNORE_PREFIX          =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_HTML          = NO
 HTML_OUTPUT            = html
@@ -169,12 +154,11 @@ HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
 HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
 HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
 HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS     = YES
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
 HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
 HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
 GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
 DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-DOCSET_FEEDURL         =
 DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
 DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
 DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
@@ -197,50 +181,36 @@ GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
 ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
 DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
 GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
-FULL_SIDEBAR           = NO
 ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
 TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
 EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-OBFUSCATE_EMAILS       = YES
-HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT    = png
 FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-FORMULA_MACROFILE      =
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
 USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-MATHJAX_VERSION        = MathJax_2
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
 MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
 MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
 SEARCHENGINE           = NO
 SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
 LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
 LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
 MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD    = makeindex
 COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
 PAPER_TYPE             = letter
 EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
 LATEX_HEADER           =
 LATEX_FOOTER           =
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
 PDF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
 USE_PDFLATEX           = NO
 LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
 LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
 LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY  =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_RTF           = NO
 RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
@@ -249,31 +219,26 @@ RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
 RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
 RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
+# configuration options related to the man page output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_MAN           = YES
 MAN_OUTPUT             = .
 MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
 MAN_LINKS              = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
+# configuration options related to the XML output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_XML           = NO
 XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+XML_SCHEMA             =
+XML_DTD                =
 XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
 PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
@@ -289,6 +254,7 @@ SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
 INCLUDE_PATH           = ../..
 INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = *.h
 PREDEFINED             = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
+                         SYMHIDDEN= \
                          SYMEXPORT= \
                          HAVE_LIBARCHIVE \
                          HAVE_LIBCURL \
@@ -296,28 +262,29 @@ PREDEFINED             = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
 EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
 SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TAGFILES               =
 GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
 ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
 EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the dot tool
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-DIA_PATH               =
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
 HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
 HAVE_DOT               = YES
 DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
 DOT_FONTPATH           =
 CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
 COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
 GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
 UML_LOOK               = NO
 UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-DOT_UML_DETAILS        = NO
-DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD     = 17
 TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
 INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
 INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
@@ -325,18 +292,14 @@ CALL_GRAPH             = NO
 CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
 GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
 DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
-DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH    = 1
 DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
 INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
 DOT_PATH               =
 DOTFILE_DIRS           =
 MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-PLANTUML_CFG_FILE      =
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
 DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
 MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 3
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
 DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
 GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
 DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+# We have to do some funny stuff here with the manpages. In order to ensure
+# a dist tarball doesn't get put out there without manpages, we keep those
+# files listed in EXTRA_DIST no matter what. However, we only add them to
+# man_MANS if --enable-asciidoc and/or --enable-doxygen are used.
+
+ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
+	alpm-hooks.5 \
+	pacman.8 \
+	makepkg.8 \
+	makepkg-template.1 \
+	repo-add.8 \
+	vercmp.8 \
+	pkgdelta.8 \
+	pacman-key.8 \
+	pactree.8 \
+	PKGBUILD.5 \
+	makepkg.conf.5 \
+	pacman.conf.5 \
+	libalpm.3
+
+DOXYGEN_MANS = $(wildcard man3/*.3)
+
+HTML_MANPAGES = \
+	alpm-hooks.5.html \
+	pacman.8.html \
+	makepkg.8.html \
+	makepkg-template.1.html \
+	repo-add.8.html \
+	vercmp.8.html \
+	pkgdelta.8.html \
+	pacman-key.8.html \
+	pactree.8.html \
+	PKGBUILD.5.html \
+	makepkg.conf.5.html \
+	pacman.conf.5.html \
+	libalpm.3.html
+
+HTML_OTHER = \
+	index.html \
+	submitting-patches.html \
+	translation-help.html \
+	HACKING.html
+
+HTML_DOCS = \
+	$(HTML_MANPAGES) \
+	$(HTML_OTHER)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	asciidoc.conf \
+	asciidoc-override.css \
+	alpm-hooks.5.txt \
+	pacman.8.txt \
+	makepkg.8.txt \
+	makepkg-template.1.txt \
+	repo-add.8.txt \
+	vercmp.8.txt \
+	pkgdelta.8.txt \
+	pacman-key.8.txt \
+	pactree.8.txt \
+	PKGBUILD.5.txt \
+	PKGBUILD-example.txt \
+	makepkg.conf.5.txt \
+	pacman.conf.5.txt \
+	libalpm.3.txt \
+	footer.txt \
+	index.txt \
+	submitting-patches.txt \
+	translation-help.txt \
+	Doxyfile \
+	$(ASCIIDOC_MANS) \
+	$(DOXYGEN_MANS)
+
+# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) $(HTML_DOCS) repo-remove.8 website.tar.gz
+
+# Ensure manpages are fresh when building a dist tarball
+dist-hook:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) clean
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all
+
+if USE_GIT_VERSION
+GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
+REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
+else
+REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+
+man_MANS =
+dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS)
+
+if USE_DOXYGEN
+man_MANS += $(DOXYGEN_MANS)
+
+all-local: doxygen.in
+
+doxygen.in:
+	$(DOXYGEN) $(srcdir)/Doxyfile
+endif
+
+html: $(HTML_DOCS)
+
+website: website.tar.gz
+
+.PHONY: html website
+
+website.tar.gz: html
+	$(AM_V_GEN)bsdtar czf $@ $(HTML_DOCS) \
+		asciidoc-override.css \
+		-C /etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/ \
+		asciidoc.css \
+		-C /etc/asciidoc/javascripts/ \
+		asciidoc.js \
+		-C /etc/asciidoc/ \
+		images
+
+pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
+
+ASCIIDOC_OPTS = \
+	-f $(srcdir)/asciidoc.conf \
+	-a pacman_version="$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)" \
+	-a pacman_date="`date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
+	-a pkgdatadir=$(pkgdatadir) \
+	-a localstatedir=$(localstatedir) \
+	-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir) \
+	-a datarootdir=$(datarootdir)
+
+A2X_OPTS = \
+	--no-xmllint \
+	-d manpage \
+	-f manpage \
+	--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0'
+
+# These rules are due to the includes and files of the asciidoc text
+$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt Makefile.am
+	$(AM_V_GEN)a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) --out-file=./$@.xml" $(srcdir)/$@.txt
+
+%.html: %.txt
+	$(AM_V_GEN)asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o - $*.txt | \
+		sed -e 's/\r$$//' > $@
+
+HACKING.html: ../HACKING
+	$(AM_V_GEN)asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o - ../HACKING | \
+		sed -e 's/\r$$//' > $@
+
+# Customizations for certain HTML docs
+$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt Makefile.am
+$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf Makefile.am
+%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons -a max-width=960px -a stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css
+%.8.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
+%.5.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
+%.3.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
+
+# Dependency rules
+alpm-hooks.5 alpm-hooks.5.html: alpm-hooks.5.txt
+pacman.8 pacman.8.html: pacman.8.txt
+makepkg.8 makepkg.8.html: makepkg.8.txt
+makepkg-template.1 makepkg-template.1.html: makepkg-template.1.txt
+repo-add.8 repo-add.8.html: repo-add.8.txt
+vercmp.8 vercmp.8.html: vercmp.8.txt
+pkgdelta.8 pkgdelta.8.html: pkgdelta.8.txt
+pacman-key.8 pacman-key.8.html: pacman-key.8.txt
+pactree.8 pactree.8.html: pactree.8.txt
+PKGBUILD.5 PKGBUILD.5.html: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
+makepkg.conf.5 makepkg.conf.5.html: makepkg.conf.5.txt
+pacman.conf.5 pacman.conf.5.html: pacman.conf.5.txt
+libalpm.3 libalpm.3.html: libalpm.3.txt
+# this one is just a symlink
+repo-remove.8: repo-add.8
+	$(RM) repo-remove.8
+	$(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8
+
+install-data-hook:
+	cd $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8 && \
+		$(RM) repo-remove.8 && \
+		( $(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 || \
+		ln repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 || \
+		cp repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 )
+
+uninstall-hook:
+	$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8/repo-remove.8
+
+# vim:set noet:

doc/PKGBUILD-example.txt

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ depends=('glibc')
 makedepends=('ed')
 optdepends=('ed: for "patch -e" functionality')
 source=("ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.xz"{,.sig})
-sha256sums=('9124ba46db0abd873d0995c2ca880e81252676bb6c03e0a37dfc5f608a9b0ceb'
-            'SKIP')
+md5sums=('e9ae5393426d3ad783a300a338c09b72'
+         'SKIP')
 
 build() {
 	cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"

doc/PKGBUILD.5.txt

@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 PKGBUILD(5)
 ===========
 
 Name
 ----
-PKGBUILD - Package build description file
+PKGBUILD - Arch Linux package build description file
 
 
 Synopsis
@@ -18,9 +21,9 @@ PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
 with pacman.
 
 NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'
-along with other example files such as an install script. You can copy the
-provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build directory and make
-customizations to suit your needs.
+along with other example files such as a ChangeLog and an install
+script. You can copy the provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build
+directory and make customizations to suit your needs.
 
 
 Options and Directives
@@ -45,8 +48,7 @@ similar to `$_basekernver`.
 
 *pkgver*::
 	The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
-	The variable is not allowed to contain colons, forward slashes, hyphens
-	or whitespace.
+	The variable is not allowed to contain colons or hyphens.
 +
 The `pkgver` variable can be automatically updated by providing a `pkgver()`
 function in the PKGBUILD that outputs the new package version.
@@ -56,13 +58,11 @@ new `pkgver`.  This is most useful when used with sources from version control
 systems (see below).
 
 *pkgrel*::
-	This is the release number specific to the distribution. This
+	This is the release number specific to the Arch Linux release. This
 	allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
 	flags, for example. This is typically set to '1' for each new upstream
 	software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
-	variable is a positive integer, with an optional subrelease level
-	specified by adding another positive integer separated by a period
-	(i.e. in the form x.y).
+	variable is not allowed to contain hyphens.
 
 *epoch*::
 	Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
@@ -84,7 +84,14 @@ systems (see below).
 
 *license (array)*::
 	This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
-	If multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
+	Commonly used licenses can be found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
+	see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license
+	field (e.g., `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
+	available in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include it
+	in the package itself and set `license=('custom')` or
+	`license=('custom:LicenseName')`. The license should be placed in
+	'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname/' when building the package. If
+	multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
 	`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
 
 *install*::
@@ -111,7 +118,7 @@ systems (see below).
 +
 Additional architecture-specific sources can be added by appending an
 underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'source_x86_64=()'. There must be a
-corresponding integrity array with checksums, e.g. 'cksums_x86_64=()'.
+corresponding integrity array with checksums, e.g. 'md5sums_x86_64=()'.
 +
 It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
 with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
@@ -139,19 +146,17 @@ contain whitespace characters.
 	listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
 	is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
 
-*cksums (array)*::
-	This array contains CRC checksums for every source file specified in the
+*md5sums (array)*::
+	This array contains an MD5 hash for every source file specified in the
 	source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
 	file integrity during subsequent builds. If 'SKIP' is put in the array
 	in place of a normal hash, the integrity check for that source file will
-	be skipped. To easily generate cksums, run ``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''.
-	If desired, move the cksums line to an appropriate location.  Note that
-	checksums generated by "makepkg -g" should be verified using checksum
-	values provided by the software developer.
+	be skipped. To easily generate md5sums, run ``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''.
+	If desired, move the md5sums line to an appropriate location.
 
-*md5sums, sha1sums, sha224sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums, b2sums (arrays)*::
+*sha1sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums (arrays)*::
 	Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
-	similar to the cksums option described above. To enable use and generation
+	similar to the md5sums option described above. To enable use and generation
 	of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
 	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
 
@@ -163,8 +168,7 @@ contain whitespace characters.
 *arch (array)*::
 	Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.,
 	`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
-	files should use `arch=('any')`. Valid characters for members of this array
-	are alphanumerics and ```_`''.
+	files should use `arch=('any')`.
 
 *backup (array)*::
 	An array of file names, without preceding slashes, that
@@ -180,6 +184,11 @@ contain whitespace characters.
 	than or equal to), `<=` (less than or equal to), `=` (equal to), `>`
 	(greater than), or `<` (less than).
 +
+If the dependency name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
+try to find a binary that depends on the library in the built package and
+append the version needed by the binary. Appending the version yourself
+disables automatic detection.
++
 Additional architecture-specific depends can be added by appending an
 underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'depends_x86_64=()'.
 
@@ -204,9 +213,8 @@ underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'checkdepends_x86_64=()'.
 	An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
 	base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
 	of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
-	and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. Packages in
-	this list follow the same format as depends, with an optional description
-	appended. The format for specifying optdepends descriptions is:
+	and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. The format
+	for specifying optdepends is:
 
 	optdepends=('python: for library bindings')
 +
@@ -233,6 +241,10 @@ example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0' dependency of
 other packages. Provisions involving the `>` and `<` operators are invalid as
 only specific versions of a package may be provided.
 +
+If the provision name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
+try to find the library in the built package and append the correct
+version. Appending the version yourself disables automatic detection.
++
 Additional architecture-specific provides can be added by appending an
 underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'provides_x86_64=()'.
 
@@ -281,24 +293,30 @@ underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'replaces_x86_64=()'.
 	*zipman*;;
 		Compress man and info pages with gzip.
 
+	*upx*;;
+		Compress binary executable files using UPX.
+
+	*optipng*;;
+		Optimize PNG images with optipng.
+
 	*ccache*;;
-		Allow the use of ccache during `build()`. More useful in its negative
+		Allow the use of ccache during build. More useful in its negative
 		form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
 		with ccache.
 
 	*distcc*;;
-		Allow the use of distcc during `build()`. More useful in its negative
+		Allow the use of distcc during build. More useful in its negative
 		form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
 		with distcc.
 
 	*buildflags*;;
 		Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CPPFLAGS, CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS,
-		LDFLAGS) during `build()` as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More
+		LDFLAGS) during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More
 		useful in its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that
 		have problems building with custom buildflags.
 
 	*makeflags*;;
-		Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during `build()` as specified
+		Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during build as specified
 		in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
 		`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
 		custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
@@ -309,19 +327,6 @@ underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'replaces_x86_64=()'.
 		When used in combination with the `strip' option, a separate package
 		containing the debug symbols is created.
 
-	*lto*;;
-		Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds '-flto'
-		to both CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
-
-*xdata (array)*::
-	This array allows you to add additional metadata to the package.
-	This data is neither used by pacman nor by makepkg;
-	It has purely informational purpose, or may be interpreted by third-party tools.
-+
-All entries in that array must have the form 'key=value', where
-'key' is an arbitrary non-empty string and 'value' must not contain an equal sign.
-Furthermore, the key ``pkgtype'' is reserved for the makepkg program.
-
 
 Packaging Functions
 -------------------
@@ -331,27 +336,12 @@ PKGBUILD must contain a `package()` function which installs all the package's
 files into the packaging directory, with optional `prepare()`, `build()`, and
 `check()` functions being used to create those files from source.
 
-This is directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so anything that Bash or the
-system has available is available for use here. Be sure any exotic commands
-used are covered by the `makedepends` array.
-
-If you create any variables of your own in any of these functions, it is
-recommended to use the Bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside the
-function.
-
 *package() Function*::
 	The `package()` function is used to install files into the directory that
 	will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all
 	the optional functions listed below. The packaging stage is run using
 	fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package.
 	All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg.
-	This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
-
-*verify() Function*::
-	An optional `verify()` function can be specified to implement arbitrary
-	source authentication. The function should return a non-zero exit code when
-	verification fails. This function is run before sources are extracted.
-	This function is run inside `$startdir`.
 
 *prepare() Function*::
 	An optional `prepare()` function can be specified in which operations to
@@ -359,19 +349,23 @@ function.
 	function is run after the source extraction and before the `build()`
 	function. The `prepare()` function is skipped when source extraction
 	is skipped.
-	This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
 
 *build() Function*::
-	The optional `build()` function is used to compile and/or adjust the source
-	files in preparation to be installed by the `package()` function.
-	This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
+	The optional `build()` function is use to compile and/or adjust the source
+	files in preparation to be installed by the `package()` function. This is
+	directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so anything that Bash or the
+	system has available is available for use here. Be sure any exotic
+	commands used are covered by the `makedepends` array.
++
+If you create any variables of your own in the `build()` function, it is
+recommended to use the Bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
+the `build()` function.
 
 *check() Function*::
 	An optional `check()` function can be specified in which a package's
 	test-suite may be run. This function is run between the `build()` and
 	`package()` functions. Be sure any exotic commands used are covered by the
 	`checkdepends` array.
-	This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
 
 All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for
 use in the packaging functions. In addition, makepkg defines the following
@@ -381,6 +375,7 @@ variables:
 	This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
 	files.
 +
+All of the packaging functions defined above are run starting inside `$srcdir`
 
 *pkgdir*::
 	This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package.
@@ -474,18 +469,13 @@ reference with all of the available functions defined.
 Using VCS Sources[[VCS]]
 ------------------------
 Building a developmental version of a package using sources from a version
-control system (VCS) is enabled by specifying the source in the form:
+control system (VCS) is enabled by specifying the source in the form
+`source=('directory::url#fragment')`. Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git,
+Subversion, and Mercurial version control systems. For other version control
+systems, manual cloning of upstream repositories must be done in the `prepare()`
+function.
 
-	source=('directory::url#fragment?query')
-
-Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git, Subversion, Fossil and Mercurial
-version control systems. For other version control systems, manual cloning of
-upstream repositories must be done in the `prepare()` function.
-
-Some <<VCS,VCS Sources>> like Git support pinning the checkout by a checksum of
-its content using deterministic export functionality like ``git archive''.
-
-The source URL is divided into four components:
+The source URL is divided into three components:
 
 *directory*::
 	(optional) Specifies an alternate directory name for makepkg to download
@@ -501,16 +491,13 @@ The source URL is divided into four components:
 
 *fragment*::
 	(optional) Allows specifying a revision number or branch for makepkg to checkout
-	from the VCS. A fragment has the form `type=value`, for example to checkout a
-	given revision the source line would be `source=(url#revision=123)`. The
-	available types depends on the VCS being used:
+	from the VCS. For example, to checkout a given revision, the source line would
+	have the format `source=(url#revision=123)`. The available fragments depends on
+	the VCS being used:
 
 	*bzr*;;
 		revision (see `'bzr help revisionspec'` for details)
 
-	*fossil*;;
-		branch, commit, tag
-
 	*git*;;
 		branch, commit, tag
 
@@ -520,16 +507,12 @@ The source URL is divided into four components:
 	*svn*;;
 		revision
 
-*query*::
-	(optional) Allows specifying whether a VCS checkout should be checked for
-	PGP-signed revisions. The source line should have the format
-	`source=(url#fragment?signed)` or `source=(url?signed#fragment)`. Currently
-	only supported by Git.
 
 Example
 -------
 The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
-examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages.
+examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages. For
+those using Arch Linux, consult the Arch Build System (ABS) tree.
 
 [source,sh]
 -------------------------------
@@ -541,4 +524,4 @@ See Also
 --------
 linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/alpm-hooks.5.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 alpm-hooks(5)
 =============
 
@@ -12,7 +15,7 @@ SYNOPSIS
 --------
 [Trigger] (Required, Repeatable)
 Operation = Install|Upgrade|Remove (Required, Repeatable)
-Type = Path|Package (Required)
+Type = File|Package (Required)
 Target = <Path|PkgName> (Required, Repeatable)
 
 [Action] (Required)
@@ -30,13 +33,9 @@ DESCRIPTION
 libalpm provides the ability to specify hooks to run before or after
 transactions based on the packages and/or files being modified.  Hooks consist
 of a single '[Action]' section describing the action to be run and one or more
-'[Trigger]' section describing which transactions it should be run for.
-
-Hooks are read from files located in the system hook directory
-+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks+, and additional custom directories specified in
-linkman:pacman.conf[5] (the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+).  The
+'[Trigger]' section describing which transactions it should be run for. Hook
 file names are required to have the suffix ".hook".  Hooks are run in
-alphabetical order of their file name, where the ordering ignores the suffix.
+alphabetical order of their file name.
 
 TRIGGERS
 --------
@@ -49,20 +48,19 @@ defined the hook will run if the transaction matches *any* of the triggers.
 	Select the type of operation to match targets against.  May be specified
 	multiple times.  Installations are considered an upgrade if the package or
 	file is already present on the system regardless of whether the new package
-	version is actually greater than the currently installed version.  For Path
+	version is actually greater than the currently installed version.  For File
 	triggers, this is true even if the file changes ownership from one package
 	to another.  Required.
 
-*Type =* Path|Package::
+*Type =* File|Package::
 	Select whether targets are matched against transaction packages or files.
-	See CAVEATS for special notes regarding Path triggers. 'File' is a deprecated
-	alias for 'Path' and will be removed in a future release.  Required.
+	See CAVEATS for special notes regarding File triggers.  Required.
 
 *Target =* <path|package>::
-	The path or package name to match against the active transaction.
-	Paths refer to the files in the package archive; the installation root
+	The file path or package name to match against the active transaction.
+	File paths refer to the files in the package archive; the installation root
 	should *not* be included in the path.  Shell-style glob patterns are
-	allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a target with an
+	allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with an
 	exclamation mark. May be specified multiple times. Required.
 
 ACTIONS
@@ -120,7 +118,7 @@ Exec = /usr/bin/sync
 CAVEATS
 -------
 
-There are situations when path triggers may act in unexpected ways.  Hooks are
+There are situations when file triggers may act in unexpected ways.  Hooks are
 triggered using the file list of the installed, upgraded, or removed package.
 When installing or upgrading a file that is extracted with a '.pacnew'
 extension, the original file name is used in triggering the hook.  When
@@ -130,4 +128,4 @@ or not they were actually present on the file system before package removal.
 PostTransaction hooks will *not* run if the transaction fails to complete for
 any reason.
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/asciidoc.conf

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ## linkman: macro
-# Inspired by/borrowed from the Git source tree at Documentation/asciidoc.conf
+# Inspired by/borrowed from the GIT source tree at Documentation/asciidoc.conf
 #
 # Usage: linkman:command[manpage-section]
 #
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ ifdef::backend-docbook[]
 template::[header-declarations]
 <refentry>
 <refentryinfo>
-<date>{localdate}</date>
+<date>{pacman_date}</date>
 </refentryinfo>
 <refmeta>
 <refentrytitle>{mantitle}</refentrytitle>

doc/footer.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,16 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 
-See the pacman website at https://archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
+See the pacman website at https://www.archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
 information on pacman and its related tools.
 
 
 Bugs
 ----
 Bugs? You must be kidding; there are no bugs in this software. But if we
-happen to be wrong, please report them to the issue tracker at
-link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues[] with specific
-information such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even
-the package database if it helps.
+happen to be wrong, send us an email with as much detail as possible to
+mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
 
 
 Authors
@@ -19,18 +20,16 @@ Current maintainers:
 
 * Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
 * Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
-* Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux.org>
+* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
+* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
 
 Past major contributors:
 
 * Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
 * Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
 * Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
-* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
 * Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
 * Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
-* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
-* Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
 
 For additional contributors, use `git shortlog -s` on the pacman.git
 repository.

doc/index.txt

@@ -34,8 +34,6 @@ makepkg/repo-add/pacman toolchain via GnuPG and GPGME.
 Version 5.0 added support for pre/post-transaction hooks and sync database file
 list operations.
 
-Version 6.0 added support for parallel downloads.
-
 Documentation
 -------------
 
@@ -45,27 +43,25 @@ There are several man pages available for the programs, utilities, and
 configuration files dealing with pacman.
 
 * linkman:alpm-hooks[5]
-* linkman:BUILDINFO[5]
 * linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
 * linkman:libalpm[3]
 * linkman:makepkg[8]
-* linkman:makepkg-template[1]
 * linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
 * linkman:pacman[8]
 * linkman:pacman-key[8]
-* linkman:pacman-conf[8]
 * linkman:pacman.conf[5]
+* linkman:pkgdelta[8]
 * linkman:repo-add[8]
 * linkman:vercmp[8]
 
 Changelog
 ~~~~~~~~~
 For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
-link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman[Git summary page] for the
+link:https://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
 project.
 
 See the most recent
-link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/blob/master/NEWS[NEWS]
+link:https://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
 file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
 contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
 
@@ -79,18 +75,7 @@ Releases
 [frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
 !======
 !Version !Date
-!7.0.0  !2024-07-14
-!6.1.0  !2024-03-04
-!6.0.1  !2021-09-04
-!6.0.0  !2021-05-20
-!6.0.0alpha1 !2020-12-04
-!5.2.1  !2019-11-01
-!5.2.0  !2019-10-21
-!5.1.3  !2019-03-01
-!5.1.2  !2018-12-25
-!5.1.1  !2018-07-27
-!5.1.0  !2018-05-28
-!5.0.2  !2017-06-03
+!5.0.2  !2016-06-03
 !5.0.1  !2016-02-23
 !5.0.0  !2016-01-30
 !4.2.1  !2015-02-20
@@ -113,11 +98,6 @@ Releases
 !3.4.3 !2011-01-22
 !3.4.2 !2010-12-29
 !3.4.1 !2010-09-03
-!======
-|
-[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
-!======
-!Version !Date
 !3.4.0 !2010-06-16
 !3.3.3 !2009-11-10
 !3.3.2 !2009-10-05
@@ -127,6 +107,11 @@ Releases
 !3.2.1 !2008-08-26
 !3.2.0 !2008-07-30
 !3.1.4 !2008-04-01
+!======
+|
+[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
+!======
+!Version !Date
 !3.1.3 !2008-03-06
 !3.1.2 !2008-02-20
 !3.1.1 !2008-01-20
@@ -152,16 +137,16 @@ Releases
 !2.9 !2004-09-18
 !2.8.4 !2004-08-23
 !2.8.3 !2004-08-04
-!======
-|
-[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
-!======
-!Version !Date
 !2.8.2 !2004-07-22
 !2.8.1 !2004-07-17
 !2.8 !2004-07-03
 !2.7.9 !2004-04-30
 !2.7.8 !2004-04-29
+!======
+|
+[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
+!======
+!Version !Date
 !2.7.7 !2004-04-15
 !2.7.6 !2004-04-04
 !2.7.5 !2004-03-02
@@ -195,18 +180,16 @@ Releases
 
 |======
 
-Source code for releases since moving to gitlab is available at
-link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/releases[].
-Source code for historical releases is available at
+Source code for all releases is available at
 link:https://sources.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
 available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
 commands:
 
-	$ meson build
-	$ ninja -C build
-	# ninja -C build install
+	$ ./configure
+	$ make
+	# make install
 
-You may wish to read the options presented by `meson` in order to
+You may wish to read the options presented by `./configure --help` in order to
 set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
 
 Development
@@ -215,8 +198,8 @@ Development
 Mailing List
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
 There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
-link:https://lists.archlinux.org/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
-link:https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
+link:https://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
+link:https://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
 
 Source Code
 ~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -227,11 +210,12 @@ these trees).
 
 The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
 
-	git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
+	git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
 
 which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
 You can browse the source as well using
-link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/[gitlab].
+link:https://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
+available for cloning purposes; these URLs are listed at the above page.
 
 If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
 the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
@@ -243,16 +227,40 @@ you speak a foreign language, you can help by either creating or updating a
 translation file for your native language. Instructions can be found in
 link:translation-help.html[translation-help].
 
+Other Utilities
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+Although the package manager itself is quite simple, many scripts have been
+developed that help automate building and installing packages. These are used
+extensively in link:https://www.archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
+are available in the Arch Linux projects
+link:https://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
+
+Utilities available:
+
+* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
+* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
+* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
+* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
+* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
+
 Bugs
 ----
-If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please report them to the issue
-tracker at link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues[] with
-specific information such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even
-the package database if it helps.
+If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please email them to the pacman-dev
+mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
+such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
+if it helps.
+
+You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
+link:https://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
+bugs under the Pacman project.
 
 Copyright
 ---------
-pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team
-<pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
+pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team
+<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
 <jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
 version 2 or later.
+
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////

doc/libalpm.3.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
+libalpm(3)
+==========
+
+Name
+----
+libalpm - Arch Linux Package Management (ALPM) library
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+For ease of access, the libalpm manual has been split up into several sections.
+
+*TODO:* Yes, this man page needs a lot of work. Once we get around to doing
+good Doxygen documentation, it will improve. We promise.
+
+*alpm_databases*:: Database Functions
+*alpm_interface*:: Interface Functions
+*alpm_list*::      List Functions
+*alpm_log*::       Logging Functions
+*alpm_misc*::      Miscellaneous Functions
+*alpm_packages*::  Package Functions
+*alpm_sync*::      Sync Functions
+*alpm_trans*::     Transaction Functions
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring libalpm using the
+'pacman.conf' file.
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:alpm-hooks[5], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8],
+linkman:pacman.conf[5]
+
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/makepkg-template.1.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 makepkg-template(1)
 ===================
 
@@ -85,7 +88,7 @@ Example PKGBUILD
 	license=('PerlArtistic' 'GPL')
 	depends=('perl')
 	source=("http://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/S/SH/SHERZODR/Config-Simple-${pkgver}.tar.gz")
-	sha256sums=('dd9995706f0f9384a15ccffe116c3b6e22f42ba2e58d8f24ed03c4a0e386edb4')
+	md5sums=('f014aec54f0a1e2e880d317180fce502')
 	_distname="Config-Simple"
 
 	# template start; name=perl-module; version=1.0;
@@ -115,4 +118,4 @@ See Also
 --------
 linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/makepkg.8.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 makepkg(8)
 ==========
 
@@ -75,7 +78,7 @@ Options
 	For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
 	if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
 	are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
-	value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent.
+	value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent
 	This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
 	using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
 
@@ -144,12 +147,8 @@ Options
 	Display version information.
 
 *-C, \--cleanbuild*::
-	Clean build artifacts from previous runs of makepkg in the current
-	directory by removing $srcdir before building the package.
+	Remove the $srcdir before building the package.
 
-*-D* <dir>, *\--dir* <dir> ::
-	Change to directory <dir> before reading the PKGBUILD or doing anything else.
-	
 *\--allsource*::
 	Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
 	includes all sources, including those that are normally downloaded via
@@ -172,9 +171,6 @@ Options
 *\--noprepare*::
 	Do not run the prepare() function in the PKGBUILD.
 
-*\--noverify*::
-	Do not run the verify() function in the PKGBUILD.
-
 *\--sign*::
 	Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
 	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
@@ -204,13 +200,12 @@ Options
 	useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
 
 *\--packagelist*::
-	List the package filenames that would be produced without building. Listed
-	package filenames include PKGDEST and PKGEXT.
+	List the packages that would be produced without building. Listed
+	package names do not include PKGEXT.
 
 *\--printsrcinfo*::
 	Generate and print the SRCINFO file to stdout.
 
-
 Additional Features
 -------------------
 makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
@@ -219,24 +214,8 @@ separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
 set up a development PKGBUILD.
 
 
-Reproducibility
----------------
-makepkg is designed to be compatible with
-link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds]. If the
-**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is set, it will be exported to
-subprocesses, and source and package file modification times and package
-metadata will be unified based on the timestamp specified.
-
-If the **SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is not set, makepkg will use
-its own start date for internal use, but will not unify source file timestamps
-before building.
-
-
 Environment Variables
 ---------------------
-**MAKEPKG_LIBRARY**="/path/to/directory"::
-	Use an alternative libmakepkg path instead of the {libmakepkgdir} default.
-
 **PACMAN**::
 	The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
 	install and remove packages. Pacman's '-Qq', '-Rns', '-S', '-T', and '-U'
@@ -247,11 +226,6 @@ Environment Variables
 	Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
 	default.
 
-**MAKEPKG_GIT_CONFIG=**"/path/to/file"::
-	Use an alternate config file for Git instead of the
-	+{sysconfdir}/makepkg.d/gitconfig+ default. makepkg always prevents Git
-	from loading any other config files.
-
 **PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
 	Directory where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
 	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
@@ -289,23 +263,7 @@ Environment Variables
 
 **GPGKEY=**"keyid"::
 	Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
-	in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-
-**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=**"<date>"::
-	Used for link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds].
-
-**BUILDTOOL=**"<name>"::
-	The name of a tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used for
-	defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
-	used.
-
-**BUILDTOOLVER=**"<version>"::
-	The version of the '$BUILDTOOL' used.
-
-**MAKEPKG_LINT_PKGBUILD=**0::
-	Setting to 0 disables PKGBUILD linting within makepkg. Useful on systems
-	with slow bash subshell operations, or on PKGBUILDs with extreme amounts of
-	package splitting.
+	in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
 
 
 Configuration
@@ -314,69 +272,8 @@ See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the
 'makepkg.conf' file.
 
 
-Errors
-------
-On exit, makepkg will return one of the following error codes.
-
-0::
-	Normal exit condition.
-
-1::
-	Unknown cause of failure.
-
-2::
-	Error in configuration file.
-
-3::
-	User specified an invalid option.
-
-4::
-	Error in user-supplied function in PKGBUILD.
-
-5::
-	Failed to create a viable package.
-
-6::
-	A source or auxiliary file specified in the PKGBUILD is
-	missing.
-
-7::
-	The PKGDIR is missing.
-
-8::
-	Failed to install dependencies.
-
-9::
-	Failed to remove dependencies.
-
-10::
-	User attempted to run makepkg as root.
-
-11::
-	User lacks permissions to build or install to a given
-	location.
-
-12::
-	Error parsing PKGBUILD.
-
-13::
-	A package has already been built.
-
-14::
-	The package failed to install.
-
-15::
-	Programs necessary to run makepkg are missing.
-
-16::
-	Specified GPG key does not exist or failed to sign package.
-
-17::
-	The local repository is not a clone of the source repository
-	specified in PKGBUILD.
-
 See Also
 --------
 linkman:makepkg.conf[5], linkman:PKGBUILD[5], linkman:pacman[8]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/makepkg.conf.5.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 makepkg.conf(5)
 ===============
 
@@ -23,9 +26,6 @@ NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
 variables. Some of them are non-standard.
 
 The system-wide configuration file is found in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.
-Specific additions (e.g. build flags for additional languages) can be placed
-in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.d/*.conf.
-
 Individual options can be overridden (or added to) on a per-user basis in
 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf or ~/.makepkg.conf, with the former
 taking priority.
@@ -62,11 +62,6 @@ Options
 	A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu''; do not touch this unless you know what
 	you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
 
-**NPROC=**""::
-	Sets the number of processors to use for parallel jobs in makepkg.
-	Note: this does not affect parallelization of tasks during ``build()`` and
-	related functions.
-
 **CPPFLAGS=**"cppflags"::
 	Flags used for the C preprocessor; see CFLAGS for more information.
 
@@ -85,11 +80,6 @@ Options
 	usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
 	available linker flags.
 
-**LTOFLAGS=**"ltoflags"::
-	Additional compiler and linker flags appended to `CFLAGS`, `CXXFLAGS`
-	and `LDFLAGS` when building with link time optimization. If empty,
-	``-flto'' is used.
-
 **MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
 	This is often used to set the number of jobs used; for example, `-j2`.
 	Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
@@ -102,7 +92,7 @@ Options
 **DEBUG_CXXFLAGS=**"debug_cxxflags"::
 	Debug flags used for the C++ compiler; see DEBUG_CFLAGS for more info.
 
-**BUILDENV=(**!distcc !color !ccache check !sign**)**::
+**BUILDENV=(**!distcc color !ccache check !sign**)**::
 	This array contains options that affect the build environment; the defaults
 	are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
 	or disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
@@ -130,7 +120,7 @@ Options
 
 	*sign*;;
 		Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute 'gpg
-		\--detach-sign' on the built package to generate a detached
+		\--detach-sign \--use-agent' on the built package to generate a detached
 		signature file, using the GPG agent, if it is available. The signature
 		file will be the entire file name of the package with a ``.sig''
 		extension.
@@ -151,7 +141,7 @@ Options
 	Specify a key to use for GPG signing instead of the default key in the
 	keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
 
-**OPTIONS=(**!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs ...**)**::
+**OPTIONS=(**strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !upx !optipng**)**::
 	This array contains options that affect default packaging. They are
 	equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
 	shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
@@ -188,33 +178,31 @@ Options
 		Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
 		package.
 
+	*upx*;;
+		Compress binary executable files using UPX. Additional options
+		can be passed to UPX by specifying the `UPXFLAGS` array variable.
+
+	*optipng*;;
+		Optimize PNG images with optipng. Additional options can be passed
+		to optipng by specifying the `OPTIPNGFLAGS` array variable.
+
 	*debug*;;
 		Add the user-specified debug flags as specified in DEBUG_CFLAGS and
 		DEBUG_CXXFLAGS to their counterpart buildflags. Creates a separate
 		package containing the debug symbols when used with `strip'.
 
-	*lto*;;
-		Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds the
-		flags specified in LTOFLAGS to CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS (or
-		``-flto'' if LTOFLAGS is empty).
-
-	*autodeps*;;
-		Enable the automatic addition of libraries to the depends and
-		provides arrays. Search library directories are controlled by
-		the LIB_DIRS variable defined below.
-
 **INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
 	File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
 	affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
-	`ck`, `md5`, `sha1`, `sha224`, `sha256`, `sha384`, `sha512`, and `b2`.
+	`md5`, `sha1`, `sha256`, `sha384`, and `sha512`.
 
 **STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
 	Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
 	for details.
 
 **STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
-	Options to be used when stripping shared libraries or PIE executables.
-	See linkman:strip[1] for details.
+	Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
+	for details.
 
 **STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
 	Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
@@ -233,23 +221,11 @@ Options
 	that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
 	array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
 
-**LIB_DIRS=(**lib:usr/lib ...**)**::
-	If `autodeps` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
-	instruct makepkg where to look to find libraries to add to the `provides`
-	array. The format is "prefix:path", where provides will be added for
-	libraries found in "path" with the specified prefix added.
-
 **PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
 	If `purge` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
 	instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
 	useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
 
-**DBGSRCDIR=**"/usr/src/debug"::
-	If `strip` and `debug` are specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable
-	will instruct makepkg where to place source files for installed binaries.
-	The binaries will be modified to link this directory for the debugger
-	search path.
-
 **PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
 	If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be placed in the
 	current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
@@ -273,40 +249,26 @@ Options
 
 **PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
 	This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
-	The given format is required for PGP key lookup through WKD.
 	It is recommended to change this to your name and email address.
 
 **COMPRESSGZ=**"(gzip -c -f -n)"::
 **COMPRESSBZ2=**"(bzip2 -c -f)"::
 **COMPRESSXZ=**"(xz -c -z -)"::
-**COMPRESSZST=**"(zstd -c -z -)"::
 **COMPRESSLZO**"(lzop -q)"::
 **COMPRESSLRZ=**"(lrzip -q)"::
-**COMPRESSLZ4=**"(lz4 -q)"::
 **COMPRESSZ=**"(compress -c -f)"::
-**COMPRESSLZ=**"(lzip -c -f)"::
 	Sets the command and options used when compressing compiled or source
 	packages in the named format.
 
-**PKGEXT=**"{pkgext}", **SRCEXT=**"{srcext}"::
+**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
 	Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
-	Valid suffixes are `.pkg` or `.src` (for PKGEXT and SRCEXT respectively)
-	followed by one of `.tar.gz`, `.tar.bz2`, `.tar.xz`, `.tar.zst`, `.tar.lzo`,
-	`.tar.lrz`, `.tar.lz4`, `.tar.lz` and `.tar.Z`, or simply `.tar` to
-	disable compression entirely.
-
-**PACMAN_AUTH=()**::
-	Specify a command prefix for running pacman as root. If unset, makepkg will
-	check for the presence of sudo(8) and su(1) in turn, and try the first one
-	it finds.
-	+
-	If present, `%c` will be replaced with the shell-quoted form of the command
-	to run. Otherwise, the command to run is appended to the auth command.
-
+	Valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar.bz2`, `.tar.xz`,
+	`.tar.lzo`, `.tar.lrz`, and `.tar.Z`.
+	Do not touch these unless you know what you are doing.
 
 
 See Also
 --------
 linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/meson.build

@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-manpages = [
-  { 'name': 'alpm-hooks.5' },
-  { 'name': 'pacman.8' },
-  { 'name': 'makepkg.8' },
-  { 'name': 'makepkg-template.1' },
-  { 'name': 'repo-add.8' },
-  { 'name': 'vercmp.8' },
-  { 'name': 'testpkg.8' },
-  { 'name': 'pacman-key.8' },
-  { 'name': 'pacman-db-upgrade.8' },
-  { 'name': 'PKGBUILD.5', 'extra_depends' : [ 'PKGBUILD-example.txt' ] },
-  { 'name': 'makepkg.conf.5' },
-  { 'name': 'pacman.conf.5' },
-  { 'name': 'BUILDINFO.5' },
-  { 'name': 'pacman-conf.8' },
-]
-
-sitepages = [
-  { 'name': 'submitting-patches' },
-  { 'name': 'translation-help' },
-  { 'name': 'HACKING', 'source': '../HACKING' },
-  { 'name': 'index' },
-]
-
-asciidoc_conf = join_paths(meson.current_source_dir(), 'asciidoc.conf')
-
-asciidoc_opts = [
- '-f', asciidoc_conf,
- '-a', 'pacman_version="@0@"'.format(PACKAGE_VERSION),
- '-a', 'srcext=@0@'.format(get_option('src-ext')),
- '-a', 'pkgext=@0@'.format(get_option('pkg-ext')),
- '-a', 'pkgdatadir=@0@'.format(PKGDATADIR),
- '-a', 'keyringdir=@0@'.format(KEYRINGDIR),
- '-a', 'localstatedir=@0@'.format(LOCALSTATEDIR),
- '-a', 'sysconfdir=@0@'.format(SYSCONFDIR),
- '-a', 'datarootdir=@0@'.format(DATAROOTDIR),
- '-a', 'rootdir=@0@'.format(ROOTDIR),
- '-a', 'libmakepkgdir=@0@'.format(LIBMAKEPKGDIR),
-]
-
-html_targets = []
-html_files = []
-
-foreach page : manpages
-  manpage = page['name']
-  htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
-  input = '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage)
-
-  section = page['name'].split('.')[-1]
-
-  mandirn = join_paths(MANDIR, 'man' + section)
-
-  custom_target(
-    manpage,
-    command : [
-      A2X,
-      '--no-xmllint',
-      '-d', 'manpage',
-      '-f', 'manpage',
-      '--xsltproc-opts', '-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0',
-      '-D', '@OUTDIR@',
-      '--asciidoc-opts', ' '.join(asciidoc_opts),
-      '@INPUT@',
-    ],
-    input : input,
-    output : [manpage],
-    depend_files : [
-      asciidoc_conf,
-    ] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
-    install : true,
-    install_dir : mandirn,
-  )
-endforeach
-
-foreach page: manpages + sitepages
-  manpage = page['name']
-  htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
-  input = page.get('source', '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage))
-
-  html = custom_target(
-    htmlpage,
-    command : [
-      ASCIIDOC,
-    ] + asciidoc_opts + [
-      '-a', 'linkcss',
-      '-a', 'toc',
-      '-a', 'icons',
-      '-a', 'max-width=960px',
-      '-a', 'stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css',
-      '-o', '@OUTPUT@',
-      '@INPUT@',
-    ],
-    input : input,
-    output : [htmlpage],
-    depend_files : [
-      asciidoc_conf,
-      'asciidoc-override.css',
-    ] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
-    build_by_default : false,
-    install : false,
-  )
-  html_targets += [html]
-  html_files += [htmlpage]
-endforeach
-
-run_target('html',
-           command : ['/bin/true'],
-           depends : html_targets)
-
-custom_target(
-  'website.tar.gz',
-  command : [
-    'bsdtar', 'czf', '@OUTPUT@',
-    '-C', meson.current_build_dir(),
-  ] + html_files + [
-    '-C', meson.current_source_dir(),
-    'asciidoc-override.css',
-    '-C', '/etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/',
-    'asciidoc.css',
-    '-C', '/etc/asciidoc/javascripts/',
-    'asciidoc.js',
-    '-C', '/etc/asciidoc/',
-    'images',
-  ],
-  output : ['website.tar.gz'],
-  build_by_default : false,
-  depends : html_targets,
-)
-
-meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
-                         'repo-add.8',
-                         join_paths(MANDIR, 'man8/repo-remove.8'))
-
-meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
-                         'alpm-hooks.5',
-                         join_paths(MANDIR, 'man5/pacman-hooks.5'))
-
-doxygen = find_program('doxygen', required : get_option('doxygen'))
-if doxygen.found() and not get_option('doxygen').disabled()
-  doxyconf = configuration_data()
-  doxyconf.set('INPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_source_dir())
-  doxyconf.set('OUTPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_build_dir())
-  doxyfile = configure_file(
-    input : 'Doxyfile.in',
-    output : 'Doxyfile',
-    configuration : doxyconf,
-    install : false)
-
-  custom_target(
-    'doxygen',
-    input : doxyfile,
-    output : ['man3'],
-    command : [doxygen, doxyfile],
-    build_by_default : true,
-    install : true,
-    install_dir : MANDIR)
-endif

doc/pacman-conf.8.asciidoc

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-pacman-conf(8)
-==============
-
-Name
-----
-pacman-conf - query pacman's configuration file
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-'pacman-conf' [options] [<directive> ...]
-
-'pacman-conf' (--repo-list|--help|--version)
-
-
-Description
------------
-'pacman-conf' is a utility for parsing the 'pacman' configuration file
-and returning script-friendly output. It is designed to properly handle
-non-trivial configuration features such as variable interpolation and
-the use of the Include directive, and guarantees that it will return the
-same configuration values which 'pacman' itself would use.
-
-'pacman-conf' will output the fully-resolved contents of the
-configuration file by default, or, if provided with the name of a
-configuration directive, output the contents of the given directive alone.
-
-
-Options
--------
-*-c, \--config* <path>::
-	Specify an alternate configuration file.
-
-*-R, \--rootdir* <path>::
-	Specify an alternate installation root (default is `/`).
-
-*-r, \--repo* <repository>::
-	Query options for a specific repository.
-
-*-v, \--verbose*::
-	Always shown directive names.
-
-*-l, \--repo-list*::
-	List configured repositories.
-
-*-h, \--help*::
-	Output syntax and command line options.
-
-*-V, \--version*::
-	Display version and exit.
-
-
-Examples
---------
-
-pacman-conf -r core Usage::
-	Show the value of the Usage configuration option for core repository.
-
-pacman-conf HoldPkg::
-	Show the value of the HoldPkg configuration option.
-
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:pacman.conf[5]
-
-include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/pacman-db-upgrade.8.asciidoc

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-pacman-db-upgrade(8)
-====================
-
-Name
-----
-pacman-db-upgrade - upgrade the local pacman database to a newer format
-
-Synopsis
---------
-'pacman-db-upgrade' [options]
-
-Description
------------
-'pacman-db-upgrade' is a script that upgrades the local database used
-by linkman:pacman[8] to a newer format.
-
-Options
---------------
-*-h, \--help*::
-Show the built-in help message and exit.
-*-V, \--version*::
-Show version information and exit.
-*-d, \--dbpath* <path>::
-Set an alternate database location.
-*-r, \--root* <path>::
-Set an alternate installation root.
-*\--config* <path>::
-Set an alternate configuration file.
-*\--nocolor*::
-Remove color from output.
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:pacman[8]
-
-include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/pacman-key.8.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 pacman-key(8)
 =============
 
@@ -86,7 +89,7 @@ Operations
 
 *\--populate*::
 	Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
-	+{keyringdir}+. For more information, see
+	+{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+. For more information, see
 	<<PK,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
 
 *-u, \--updatedb*::
@@ -97,13 +100,7 @@ Operations
 	Displays the program version.
 
 *-v, \--verify*::
-	Assume that the first argument is a signature and verify it. If a second
-	argument is provided, it is the file to be verified.
-+
-With only one argument given, assume that the signature is a detached
-signature, and look for a matching data file to verify by stripping the file
-extension. If no matching data file is found, fall back on GnuPG semantics and
-attempt to verify a file with an embedded signature.
+	Verify the file(s) specified by the signature(s).
 
 
 Options
@@ -129,7 +126,7 @@ A distribution or other repository provided may want to provide a set of
 PGP keys used in the signing of its packages and repository databases that can
 be readily imported into the pacman keyring. This is achieved by providing a
 PGP keyring file `foo.gpg` that contains the keys for the foo keyring in the
-directory +{keyringdir}+.
+directory +{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+.
 
 Optionally, the file `foo-trusted` can be provided containing a list of trusted
 key IDs for that keyring. This is a file in a format compatible with 'gpg
@@ -148,4 +145,4 @@ See Also
 --------
 linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/pacman.8.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 pacman(8)
 =========
 
@@ -124,35 +127,33 @@ greater than `1:3.6-1`.
 Options
 -------
 *-b, \--dbpath* <path>::
-	Specify an alternative database location (the default is
+	Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
 	+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what
 	you are doing.
 	*NOTE*: If specified, this is an absolute path, and the root path is
 	not automatically prepended.
 
 *-r, \--root* <path>::
-	Specify an alternative installation root (default is +{rootdir}+). This should
+	Specify an alternative installation root (default is `/`). This should
 	not be used as a way to install software into `/usr/local` instead of
-	`/usr`.
+	`/usr`. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
+	temporarily mounted partition that is "owned" by another system.
 	*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
 	command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
 	be inside this root path.
-	*NOTE*: This option is not suitable for performing operations on a mounted
-	guest system. See '\--sysroot' instead.
 
 *-v, \--verbose*::
-	Output paths such as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
+	Output paths such as as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
 
 *\--arch* <arch>::
 	Specify an alternate architecture.
 
 *\--cachedir* <dir>::
-	Specify an alternative package cache location (the default is
+	Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
 	+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be
 	specified, and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman.
 	*NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not automatically
-	prepended. If DownloadUser is set in linkman:pacman.conf[5], then the
-	specified user must have permission to access the cache directory.
+	prepended.
 
 *\--color* <when>::
 	Specify when to enable coloring. Valid options are 'always', 'never', or
@@ -167,15 +168,15 @@ Options
 	to be used.
 
 *\--gpgdir* <dir>::
-	Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures
-	(the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
+	Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures (a
+	typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
 	two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`. `pubring.gpg` holds the public keys
 	of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg` contains a so-called trust database, which
 	specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: This is an absolute
 	path, and the root path is not automatically prepended.
 
 *\--hookdir* <dir>::
-	Specify a alternative directory containing hook files (the default is
+	Specify a alternative directory containing hook files (a typical default is
 	+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). Multiple hook directories can be specified
 	with hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
 	directories. *NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not
@@ -192,19 +193,6 @@ Options
 *\--confirm*::
 	Cancels the effects of a previous '\--noconfirm'.
 
-*\--disable-download-timeout*::
-	Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
-	if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
-
-*\--sysroot* <dir>:: Specify an alternative system root.  This path will be
-	prepended to all other configuration directories and any repository servers
-	beginning with `file://`.  Any paths or URLs passed as targets will not be
-	modified.  This allows mounted guest systems to be properly operated on.
-
-*\--disable-sandbox*::
-	Disable the default sandbox applied to the process downloading files on Linux
-	systems. Useful if experiencing landlock related failures while downloading
-	files when running a Linux kernel that does not support this feature.
 
 Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
 --------------------------------------------------
@@ -216,7 +204,7 @@ Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
 
 *\--assume-installed* <package=version>::
 	Add a virtual package "package" with version "version" to the transaction
-	to satisfy dependencies. This allows disabling the specific dependency checks
+	to satisfy dependencies. This allows to disable specific dependency checks
 	without affecting all dependency checks. To disable all dependency
 	checking, see the '\--nodeps' option.
 
@@ -239,21 +227,19 @@ Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
 
 *\--print-format* <format>::
 	Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
-	operation. The possible attributes are: "%a" for arch, "%b" for
-	builddate, "%d" for description, "%e" for pkgbase, "%f" for filename,
-	"%g" for base64 encoded PGP signature, "%h" for sha256sum, "%m" for
-	md5sum, "%n" for pkgname, "%p" for packager, "%v" for pkgver, "%l" for
-	location, "%r" for repository, "%s" for size, "%C" for checkdepends,
-	"%D" for depends, "%G" for groups, "%H" for conflicts, "%L" for
-	licenses, "%M" for makedepends, "%O" for optional depends, "%P" for
-	provides and "%R" for replaces.
-	Implies '\--print'.
+	operation. The possible attributes are: "%n" for pkgname, "%v" for pkgver,
+	"%l" for location, "%r" for repository, and "%s" for size. Implies '\--print'.
 
 
 Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
-----------------------------------------------
-*-w, \--downloadonly*::
-	Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
+--------------------------------------------
+*\--force*::
+	Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
+	package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
+	installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
+	Using '\--force' will not allow overwriting a directory with a file or
+	installing packages with conflicting files and directories.
+	This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
 
 *\--asdeps*::
 	Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
@@ -280,21 +266,9 @@ Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
 *\--needed*::
 	Do not reinstall the targets that are already up-to-date.
 
-*\--overwrite* <glob>::
-	Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
-	package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
-	installed and match 'glob', this option will cause all those files to be
-	overwritten.  Using '\--overwrite' will not allow overwriting a directory
-	with a file or installing packages with conflicting files and directories.
-	Multiple patterns can be specified by separating them with a comma. May be
-	specified multiple times.  Patterns can be negated, such that files
-	matching them will not be overwritten, by prefixing them with an
-	exclamation mark. Subsequent matches will override previous ones. A leading
-	literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
 
-
-Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
------------------------------------
+Query Options[[QO]]
+-------------------
 *-c, \--changelog*::
 	View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
 
@@ -319,7 +293,7 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
 	'\--info' or '-i' flags will also display the list of backup files and
 	their modification states.
 
-*-k, \--check*::
+*-k \--check*::
 	Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
 	system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
 	check all installed packages. Specifying this option twice will perform
@@ -364,10 +338,10 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
 	with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
 
 *-t, \--unrequired*::
-	Restrict or filter output to print only packages neither required nor
-	optionally required by any currently installed package. Specify this
-	option twice to include packages which are optionally, but not directly,
-	required by another package.
+	Restrict or filter output to packages not required or optionally required by
+	any currently installed package. Specify this option twice to only filter
+	packages that are direct dependencies (i.e. do not filter optional
+	dependencies).
 
 *-u, \--upgrades*::
 	Restrict or filter output to packages that are out-of-date on the local
@@ -376,8 +350,8 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
 	database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
 
 
-Remove Options (apply to '-R')[[RO]]
-------------------------------------
+Remove Options[[RO]]
+--------------------
 *-c, \--cascade*::
 	Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
 	or more target packages. This operation is recursive and must be used
@@ -401,8 +375,8 @@ Remove Options (apply to '-R')[[RO]]
 	to avoid breaking any dependencies.
 
 
-Sync Options (apply to '-S')[[SO]]
-----------------------------------
+Sync Options[[SO]]
+------------------
 *-c, \--clean*::
 	Remove packages that are no longer installed from the cache as well as
 	currently unused sync databases to free up disk space. When pacman
@@ -459,27 +433,30 @@ can be useful when the user switches from a testing repository to a stable one.
 Additional targets can also be specified manually, so that '-Su foo' will do a
 system upgrade and install/upgrade the "foo" package in the same operation.
 
+*-w, \--downloadonly*::
+	Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
+
 *-y, \--refresh*::
-	Download a fresh copy of the master package databases '(repo.db)' from the
-	server(s) defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used
-	each time you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y'
-	flags will force a refresh of all package databases, even if they appear to
-	be up-to-date.
+	Download a fresh copy of the master package database from the server(s)
+	defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
+	you use	'\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
+	will force a refresh of all package databases, even if they appear to be
+	up-to-date.
 
 
-Database Options (apply to '-D')[[QO]]
---------------------------------------
+Database Options[[QO]]
+----------------------
 *\--asdeps* <package>::
 	Mark a package as non-explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
 	reason to be installed as a dependency.
 
 *\--asexplicit* <package>::
 	Mark a package as explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
-	reason to be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to keep a
+	reason to be explicitly installed. This is useful it you want to keep a
 	package installed even when it was initially installed as a dependency
 	of another package.
 
-*-k, \--check*::
+*-k \--check*::
 	Check the local package database is internally consistent. This will
 	check all required files are present and that installed packages have
 	the required dependencies, do not conflict and that multiple packages
@@ -487,20 +464,24 @@ Database Options (apply to '-D')[[QO]]
 	a check on the sync databases to ensure all specified dependencies
 	are available.
 
-*-q, \--quiet*::
-	Suppress messages on successful completion of database operations.
+File Options[[FO]]
+------------------
 
-File Options (apply to '-F')[[FO]]
-----------------------------------
 *-y, --refresh*::
-	Download fresh package file databases '(repo.files)' from the server.
-	Use twice to force a refresh even if databases are up to date.
+	Download fresh package databases from the server. Use twice to force a
+	refresh even if databases are up to date.
 
 *-l, \--list*::
 	List the files owned by the queried package.
 
+*-s, \--search*::
+	Search package file names for matching strings.
+
 *-x, --regex*::
-	Interpret each query as a regular expression.
+	Treat arguments to '--search' as regular expressions.
+
+*-o, \--owns*::
+	Search for packages that own a particular file.
 
 *-q, \--quiet*::
 	Show less information for certain file operations. This is useful when
@@ -508,9 +489,9 @@ File Options (apply to '-F')[[FO]]
 	'--machinereadable' instead.
 
 *--machinereadable*::
-	Print each match in a machine readable output format. The format is
-	'repository\0pkgname\0pkgver\0path\n' with '\0' being the NULL character
-	and '\n' a linefeed.
+	Use a machine readable output format for '--list', '--search' and
+	'--owns'. The format is 'repository\0pkgname\0pkgver\0path\n' with '\0'
+	being the NULL character and '\n' a linefeed.
 
 Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
 ----------------------------
@@ -519,7 +500,7 @@ designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, three MD5 hashes are used for
 each backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
 installed, one for the new file that is about to be installed, and one for the
 actual file existing on the file system. After comparing these three hashes, the
-following scenarios can result:
+follow scenarios can result:
 
 original=X, current=X, new=X::
 	All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
@@ -580,4 +561,4 @@ See Also
 linkman:alpm-hooks[5], linkman:libalpm[3], linkman:makepkg[8],
 linkman:pacman.conf[5]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/pacman.conf.5.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 pacman.conf(5)
 ==============
 
@@ -19,9 +22,6 @@ Each section defines a package repository that pacman can use when searching
 for packages in '\--sync' mode. The exception to this is the options section,
 which defines global options.
 
-Comments are only supported by beginning a line with the hash (#) symbol.
-Comments cannot begin in the middle of a line.
-
 
 Example
 -------
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ work.
 
 Options
 -------
-*RootDir =* /path/to/root/dir::
+*RootDir =* path/to/root::
 	Set the default root directory for pacman to install to. This option is
 	used if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition
 	which is "owned" by another system, or for a chroot install.
@@ -56,32 +56,32 @@ Options
 	command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
 	be inside this root path.
 
-*DBPath =* /path/to/db/dir::
-	Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. The
-	default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
+*DBPath =* path/to/db/dir::
+	Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory.  A
+	typical default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
 	this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
 	path is not automatically prepended.
 
-*CacheDir =* /path/to/cache/dir::
-	Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. The
+*CacheDir =* path/to/cache/dir::
+	Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. A typical
 	default is +{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/+. Multiple cache directories can be
 	specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
 	file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
 	to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
 	path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
 
-*HookDir =* /path/to/hook/dir::
+*HookDir =* path/to/hook/dir::
 	Add directories to search for alpm hooks in addition to the system hook
-	directory (+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks/+).  The default is
+	directory (+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks/+).  A typical default is
 	+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+.  Multiple directories can be specified with
 	hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
 	directories.  *NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not
 	automatically prepended.  For more information on the alpm hooks, see
 	linkman:alpm-hooks[5].
 
-*GPGDir =* /path/to/gpg/dir::
+*GPGDir =* path/to/gpg/dir::
 	Overrides the default location of the directory containing configuration
-	files for GnuPG. The default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
+	files for GnuPG. A typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
 	This directory should contain two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`.
 	`pubring.gpg` holds the public keys of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg`
 	contains a so-called trust database, which specifies that the keys are
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ Options
 	*NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically
 	prepended.
 
-*LogFile =* /path/to/log/file::
-	Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. The default
+*LogFile =* /path/to/file::
+	Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. A typical default
 	is +{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log+. This is an absolute path and the root directory
 	is not prepended.
 
@@ -108,20 +108,20 @@ Options
 	group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are
 	allowed.
 
-*Include =* /path/to/config/file::
+*Include =* path::
 	Include another configuration file. This file can include repositories or
 	general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
 	expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
 
-*Architecture =* auto &| i686 &| x86_64 | ...::
-	If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages with the given
-	architectures (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
+*Architecture =* auto | i686 | x86_64 | ...::
+	If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages of the given
+	architecture (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
 	use the system architecture, provided via ``uname -m''. If unset, no
 	architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: Packages with the special
 	architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
 	architecture independent.
 
-*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u [%o]::
+*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u::
 	If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
 	All instances of `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. If present,
 	instances of `%o` will be replaced with the local filename, plus a
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Options
 	operation on a local file. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
 
 *RemoteFileSigLevel =* ...::
-	Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
+	Set the signature verification level for installing  packages using the "-U"
 	operation on a remote file URL. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
 
 *UseSyslog*::
@@ -186,9 +186,20 @@ Options
 *Color*::
 	Automatically enable colors only when pacman's output is on a tty.
 
-*NoProgressBar*::
-	Disables progress bars. This is useful for terminals which do
-	not support escape characters.
+*UseDelta* [= ratio]::
+	Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible. Requires
+	the `xdelta3` program to be installed. If a ratio is specified (e.g.,
+	`0.5`), then it is used as a cutoff for determining whether to use deltas.
+	Allowed values are between `0.0` and `2.0`; sensible values are between
+	`0.2` and `0.9`.  Using a value above `1.0` is not recommended.  The
+	default is `0.7` if left unspecified.
+
+*TotalDownload*::
+	When downloading, display the amount downloaded, download rate, ETA,
+	and completed percentage of the entire download list rather
+	than the percent of each individual download target. The progress
+	bar is still based solely on the current file download.
+	This option won't work if XferCommand is used.
 
 *CheckSpace*::
 	Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
@@ -198,23 +209,6 @@ Options
 	Displays name, version and size of target packages formatted
 	as a table for upgrade, sync and remove operations.
 
-*DisableDownloadTimeout*::
-	Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
-	if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
-
-*ParallelDownloads =* ...::
-	Specifies number of concurrent download streams. The value needs to be a
-	positive integer. If this config option is not set then only one download
-	stream is used (i.e. downloads happen sequentially).
-
-*DownloadUser =* username::
-	Specifies the user to switch to for downloading files. If this config
-	option is not set then the downloads are done as the user running pacman.
-
-*DisableSandbox*::
-	Disable the default sandbox applied to the process downloading files on Linux
-	systems. Useful if experiencing landlock related failures while downloading
-	files when running a Linux kernel that does not support this feature.
 
 Repository Sections
 -------------------
@@ -235,7 +229,7 @@ contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
 # use this server first
 Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
 # next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
-Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/mirrorlist
 --------
 
 The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories
@@ -248,12 +242,6 @@ number.
 	general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
 	expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
 
-*CacheServer =* url::
-	A full URL to a location where the packages, and signatures (if
-	available) for this repository can be found.  Cache servers will be tried
-	before any non-cache servers, will not be removed from the server pool for
-	404 download errors, and will not be used for database files.
-
 *Server =* url::
 	A full URL to a location where the database, packages, and signatures (if
 	available) for this repository can be found.
@@ -261,8 +249,8 @@ number.
 During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
 current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
 directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
-the `$arch` variable to the first (or only) value of the `Architecture` option,
-so the same mirrorfile can even be used for different architectures.
+the `$arch` variable to the value of `Architecture`, so the same mirrorfile can
+even be used for different architectures.
 
 *SigLevel =* ...::
 	Set the signature verification level for this repository. For more
@@ -379,4 +367,4 @@ See Also
 --------
 linkman:pacman[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/pactree.8.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
+pactree(8)
+=========
+
+Name
+----
+pactree - package dependency tree viewer
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'pactree' [options] package
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+Pactree produces a dependency tree for a package.
+
+By default, a tree-like output is generated, but with the '\--graph' option, a Graphviz
+description is generated.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*-a, \--ascii*::
+	Use ASCII characters for tree formatting. By default, pactree will use Unicode
+	line drawing characters if it is able to detect that the locale supports them.
+
+*-b, \--dbpath*::
+	Specify an alternative database location.
+
+*-c, \--color*::
+	Colorize output.
+
+*-d, \--depth <num>*::
+	Limits the number of levels of dependency to show. A zero means
+	show the named package only, one shows the packages that are directly
+	required.
+
+*-g, \--graph*::
+	Generate a Graphviz description. If this option is given, the '\--color' and
+	'\--linear' options are ignored.
+
+*-h, \--help*::
+	Output syntax and command-line options.
+
+*-l, \--linear*::
+	Prints package names at the start of each line, one per line.
+
+*-r, \--reverse*::
+	Show packages that depend on the named package.
+
+*-s, \--sync*::
+	Read package data from sync databases instead of local database.
+
+*-u, \--unique*::
+	List dependent packages once. Implies '\--linear'.
+
+*\--config <file>*::
+	Specify an alternate pacman configuration file.
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5], linkman:makepkg[8]
+
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/pkgdelta.8.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
+pkgdelta(8)
+=========
+
+Name
+----
+pkgdelta - package delta generation utility
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'pkgdelta' [options] <package1> <package2>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+'pkgdelta' is used to create package delta files between two versions of the
+same package. These files are essentially binary patches. linkman:pacman[8] can
+download deltas instead of full package upgrades, and use them with the
+previous versions of packages (in the package cache) to synthesize the upgraded
+version of the packages. This likely reduces download sizes for upgrades
+significantly.
+
+'pkgdelta' requires linkman:xdelta3[1] to do its job.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*--max-delta-size <ratio>*::
+	Only create delta files if the delta is smaller than ratio * package_size.
+	Possible values: 0.0 to 2.0.
+	Recommended values: 0.2 to 0.9.
+	Default value: 0.7
+
+*--min-pkg-size <size>*::
+	Minimal size of the package file in bytes to be considered for delta creation.
+	Default value: 1048576 bytes = 1 MiB. This may be any absolute size in bytes or
+	a human-readable value such as `4MiB` or `3.5MB`.
+
+*-q, \--quiet*::
+	Be quiet. Do not output anything but warnings and errors.
+
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+  $ pkgdelta libreoffice-3.3.2-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz libreoffice-3.3.2-2-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:pacman[8], linkman:xdelta3[1]
+
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/repo-add.8.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 repo-add(8)
 ==========
 
@@ -8,31 +11,32 @@ repo-add - package database maintenance utility
 
 Synopsis
 --------
-'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package> [<package> ...]
+'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package|delta> [<package|delta> ...]
 
-'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename> ...]
+'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename|delta> [<packagename|delta> ...]
 
 
 Description
 -----------
 'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' are two scripts to help build a package database for
 packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
+They also handle package deltas produced by linkman:pkgdelta[8].
 
-'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package file.
-Multiple packages to add can be specified on the command line.
+'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package or package
+delta file. Multiple packages and/or deltas to add can be specified on the
+command line.
 
 If a matching ``.sig'' file is found alongside a package file, the signature
 will automatically be embedded into the database.
 
-'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name
-specified on the command line. Multiple packages to remove can be specified
-on the command line.
+'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name or
+delta specified on the command line. Multiple packages and/or delta to remove
+can be specified on the command line.
 
 A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
-``.db'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'', ``.tar.bz2'',
-``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.lrz'', ``.tar.lz'', ``.tar.lz4'', ``.tar.lzo'',
-``.tar.xz'', ``.tar.zst'' or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need to exist, but
-all parent directories must exist.
+``.db'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'', ``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.bz2'',
+``.tar.xz'', or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need to exist, but all parent
+directories must exist.
 
 
 Common Options
@@ -43,13 +47,13 @@ Common Options
 
 *-s, \--sign*::
 	Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
-	--detach-sign` on the generated database to generate a detached
+	--detach-sign --use-agent` on the generated database to generate a detached
 	signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature file
 	will be the entire filename of the database with a ``.sig'' extension.
 
 *-k, \--key* <key>::
 	Specify a key to use when signing packages. Can also be specified using
-	the GPGKEY environment variable. If not specified in either location, the
+	the GPGKEY environmental variable. If not specified in either location, the
 	default key from the keyring will be used.
 
 *-v, \--verify*::
@@ -60,23 +64,21 @@ Common Options
 *\--nocolor*::
 	Remove color from 'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' output.
 
-*-R, \--remove*::
-	Remove old package files from the disk when updating or removing their
-	entry in the database.
-
-*-w, \--wait-for-lock*::
-	Wait for the lock file to be acquired. If unset, command will fail with
-	exit code 2 if acquiring the lock fails. If set, it will retry to acquire
-	lock until success.
 
 repo-add Options
 ----------------
+*-d, \--delta*::
+	Automatically generate and add a delta file between the old entry and the
+	new one, if the old package file is found next to the new one.
+
 *-n, \--new*::
 	Only add packages that are not already in the database.  Warnings will be
 	printed upon detection of existing packages, but they will not be re-added.
 
-*\--include-sigs*::
-	Include package PGP signatures in the repository database (if available)
+*-R, \--remove*::
+	Remove old package files from the disk when updating their entry in the
+	database.
+
 
 Example
 -------
@@ -90,6 +92,6 @@ db.tar* extension), there is currently no additional benefit for the larger down
 
 See Also
 --------
-linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8]
+linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pkgdelta[8]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

doc/submitting-patches.txt

@@ -11,31 +11,16 @@ NOTE: Some of this is paraphrased from the kernel documentation's
 
 Getting the most recent source
 ------------------------------
-Patches need to be submitted in Git format and are best if they are against the
+Patches need to be submitted in GIT format and are best if they are against the
 latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
-started with Git if you have not worked with it before.
+started with GIT if you have not worked with it before.
 
 * https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
 * https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
 
 The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
 
-	git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
-
-
-Before making large changes
----------------------------
-
---
-* Discuss your idea
-
-There is nothing worse that spending time making a change only for it to be
-rejected immediately.  Ensure ideas are discussed beforehand to avoid
-disappointment.  Appropriate locations for discussion are the issue tracker
-on gitlab, or the pacman-dev mailing list.  Transient discussion channels
-such as IRC are not appropriate.
-
---
+	git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git
 
 
 Creating your patch
@@ -54,22 +39,40 @@ address if you're afraid of spam.
 
 * Describe your patch.
 
-It helps if you describe the overview and goals of the patch in the git commit
+It helps if you describe the overview and goals  of the patch in the git commit
 log.  This allows others to see what you intended so as to compare it to what
 was actually done, and allows better feedback.
 
+* Use `git format-patch` to create patches.
+
+Your commit message will be shown above the patch by default when you will use
+`git format-patch`, including the signoff line.  Sets of multiple patches that
+need extra explanation beyond the commit messages may include additional notes
+in a cover letter.  Individual patches may include additional notes between the
+"---" following the commit message and the beginning of the diff.
+
 --
 
 Submitting your patch
 ---------------------
 
 --
-* Submit patches with a gitlab merge request
+* Send the patch to the pacman-dev mailing list
 
-The pacman gitlab instance is the primary queue for review and acceptance.
-Here you will get feedback, and let the reviewers know the details of your
-patch.
+The mailing list is the primary queue for review and acceptance.  Here you
+will get feedback, and let the reviewers know the details of your patch.
 
+* No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments.  Just plain text.
+
+Patches should be contained in the actual body of the email.  There are many
+reasons for this.  First, it makes them easier to read with any mail reader,
+it allows easier review "at a glance", and most importantly, it allows people
+to comment on exact lines of the patch in reply emails.
+
+`git send-email` allows you to send Git-formatted patches in plain text easily
+and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list.  Mail clients,
+including Gmail's web interface, have a tendency to break patches by wrapping
+lines and/or adjusting whitespace and should be avoided.
 
 --
 
@@ -92,6 +95,11 @@ When you do get feedback, it usually merits a response, whether this be a
 resubmission of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
 clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to get
 further review. The all-volunteer staff don't have time to fix up patches that
-aren't their own.
+aren't their own.  When resubmitting patches, update the subject line to reflect
+the version number ('[PATCHv2]'), and send it as a reply to the original thread.
 
 --
+
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////

doc/testpkg.8.asciidoc

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-testpkg(8)
-==========
-
-Name
-----
-testpkg - test a pacman package for validity
-
-Synopsis
---------
-'testpkg' <package file>
-
-Description
------------
-'testpkg' is a script used to make sure that a pacman package is valid.
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:pacman[8]
-
-include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/translation-help.txt

@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ Pacman - Translating
 This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
 libalpm messages, and the manual pages for the entire pacman package.
 
-We are currently using https://app.transifex.com/[Transifex] as the translation
+We are currently using http://www.transifex.com/[Transifex] as the translation
 platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
 and then register with a translation team on the
-https://explore.transifex.com/toofishes/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
+http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
 
 NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
 gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ either be hand-edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
 kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
 
 Please read up on Transifex usage using the
-https://help.transifex.com/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
+http://docs.transifex.com/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
 
 Transifex provides a command-line client to help with translations.  Here is
 an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are not
@@ -55,20 +55,20 @@ Pre-release Updates
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 A week or two before each release, the codebase will go into a string freeze
-and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
-mailing list asking for translations. An announcement in Transifex is also made,
-which reaches everyone that is member of the translation team.
+and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
+mailing list asking for translations. This email will have a prefix of
+*[translation]* for anyone looking to set up an email filter.
 
 At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
-Transifex project page.  Each language will have three files available (libalpm,
-pacman and pacman-scripts). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
+Transifex project page.  Each language will have two files available (back-end
+and front-end). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
 features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
 language.
 
-Once a translator has completed the translation offline (*OR* realizes they do not have
+Once a translator has completed the translation (*OR* realizes they do not have
 time to finish), please upload your progress back to the Transifex site.
 
-NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible - this will give other
+NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible- this will give other
 speakers of your language time to review your translations and update them as
 necessary.
 
@@ -78,27 +78,23 @@ Incremental Updates
 If you have more advanced needs you will have to get a copy of the pacman
 repository.
 
-	git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
+	git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
 
-Next, you will need to configure the build environment. From the base directory,
-run:
+Next, you will need to run `./autogen.sh` and `./configure` in the base
+directory to generate the correct Makefiles. At this point, all necessary
+make targets will be generated and we can begin updating the translation
+files.
 
-	meson setup . build
+We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either the
+`lib/libalpm/po` or `po` directory depending on which translation you wish to
+work on first, and execute the following command.  If you are working in the
+`po/` tree, replace 'libalpm.pot' with 'pacman.pot':
 
-If any required dependencies are missing, please install. After that,
-update the template translation (.pot) files to the latest state of
-the source code by running:
-	
-	meson compile -C build pacman-scripts-pot pacman-pot libalpm-pot
-	
-We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either
-the `lib/libalpm/po`, `scripts/po` or `src/pacman/po` directory depending
-on which translation you wish to work on first, and execute the following
-command to update your specific language's translation file
-(replace `lang_code` with your language code e.g. 'pt_BR', and `pot_file`
-with `libalpm.pot`, `pacman.pot` or `pacman-scripts.pot`):
+	make libalpm.pot-update
 
-	msgmerge --update --previous <lang_code>.po  <pot_filename>.pot
+Next, update your specific language's translation file:
+
+	make <po file>-update
 
 At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
 the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
@@ -107,7 +103,7 @@ submit a Git-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
 As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
 with the following command:
 
-	./build-aux/update-po
+	make update-po
 
 Adding a New Language
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -116,10 +112,10 @@ Making a new language is not too hard, but be sure to follow all the steps.
 You will have to do the following steps in both the `lib/libalpm/po/` and `po/`
 directories, substituting where appropriate. First, edit the `LINGUAS` file and
 add your new language code at the bottom. Next, run the following command,
-substituting `libalpm.pot` or `pacman.pot` for potfile depending on which
+substituting 'libalpm.pot' or 'pacman.pot' for potfile depending on which
 directory you are currently working in:
 
-	msginit -l <lang_code> -o <lang_code>.po -i <potfile>
+	msginit -l <lang code> -o <lang code>.po -i <potfile>
 
 You can then also add your language code to the end of the `LINGUAS` file
 located in each po directory.
@@ -141,13 +137,11 @@ following two translations are equivalent:
 	msgstr ""
 	"This is a test translation"
 
-If you want to test the translation (copy the .po file you want to test,
-you may ignore the rest), replacing `<lang_code>` accordingly:
+If you want to test the translation (for example, the front-end one):
 
-	meson compile -C build pacman-scripts-gmo pacman-gmo libalpm-gmo
-	cp ./build/lib/libalpm/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/libalpm.mo    /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/libalpm.mo
-	cp ./build/scripts/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman-scripts.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman-scripts.mo
-	cp ./build/src/pacman/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo      /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
+	rm *.gmo stamp-po
+	make
+	cp <lang code>.gmo /usr/share/locale/<lang code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
 
 
 Translating Manpages
@@ -156,4 +150,8 @@ There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manual pages in
 the pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
 someone has experience with i18n man pages and how to best include them with our
 source, please contact the pacman-dev mailing list at
-mailto:pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org[].
+mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
+
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////

doc/vercmp.8.txt

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+/////
+vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
+/////
 vercmp(8)
 =========
 
@@ -8,7 +11,7 @@ vercmp - version comparison utility
 
 Synopsis
 --------
-'vercmp' [-h] [--help] <version1> <version2>
+'vercmp' <version1> <version2>
 
 
 Description
@@ -41,9 +44,8 @@ mainly for supporting versioned dependencies that do not include the 'pkgrel'.
 Options
 -------
 *-h, \--help*::
-
-	Display summary of the available return codes. Must be the first option
-	specified.
+	Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied,
+	then the general syntax is shown.
 
 
 Examples
@@ -65,8 +67,13 @@ Examples
   -1
 
 
+Configuration
+-------------
+There is none.
+
+
 See Also
 --------
 linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
 
-include::footer.asciidoc[]
+include::footer.txt[]

etc/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+dist_sysconf_DATA = makepkg.conf pacman.conf
+EXTRA_DIST = makepkg.conf.in pacman.conf.in
+
+# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(dist_sysconf_DATA)
+
+SED_PROCESS = \
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) $(dir $@) && \
+	$(SED) \
+	-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
+	-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
+	-e 's|@prefix[@]|$(prefix)|g' \
+	-e 's|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|g' \
+	-e 's|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|$(PACKAGE_NAME)|g' \
+	-e 's|@PKGEXT[@]|$(PKGEXT)|g' \
+	-e 's|@SRCEXT[@]|$(SRCEXT)|g' \
+	-e 's|@STRIP_BINARIES[@]|$(STRIP_BINARIES)|g' \
+	-e 's|@STRIP_SHARED[@]|$(STRIP_SHARED)|g' \
+	-e 's|@STRIP_STATIC[@]|$(STRIP_STATIC)|g' \
+	-e 's|@CARCH[@]|$(CARCH)|g' \
+	-e 's|@CHOST[@]|$(CHOST)|g' \
+	-e 's|@ARCHSWITCH[@]|$(ARCHSWITCH)|g' \
+	-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g' \
+	< $< > $@
+
+%.conf: %.conf.in Makefile
+	$(SED_PROCESS)
+
+# vim:set noet:

etc/makepkg.conf.d/fortran.conf.in

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-#!/hint/bash
-#
-# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf.d/fortran.conf
-#
-
-#########################################################################
-# FORTRAN LANGUAGE SUPPORT
-#########################################################################
-
-# Flags used for the Fortran compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
-# linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the available flags.
-#FFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
-#FCFLAGS="$FFLAGS"
-
-# Additional compiler flags appended to `FFLAGS` and `FCFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
-# this would include: ``-g''. Read linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the wide
-# variety of compiler flags available.
-#DEBUG_FFLAGS="-g"

etc/makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf.in

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#!/hint/bash
-#
-# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf
-#
-
-#########################################################################
-# RUST LANGUAGE SUPPORT
-#########################################################################
-
-# Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
-# linkman:rustc[1] for more details on the available flags.
-#RUSTFLAGS="-C opt-level=3"
-
-# Additional compiler flags appended to `RUSTFLAGS` for use in debugging.
-# Usually this would include: ``-C debuginfo=2''. Read linkman:rustc[1] for
-# more details on the available flags.
-#DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS="-C debuginfo=2"

etc/makepkg.conf.in

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-#!/hint/bash
 #
 # @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf
 #
@@ -9,10 +8,9 @@
 #
 #-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
 #  Format: 'protocol::agent'
-DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
-          'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
-          'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
-          'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
+DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/curl -gqfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
+          'http::/usr/bin/curl -gqb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
+          'https::/usr/bin/curl -gqb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
           'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
           'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
 
@@ -23,8 +21,7 @@ DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
 
 #-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
 #  Format: 'protocol::package'
-VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
-            'fossil::fossil'
+VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::bzr'
             'git::git'
             'hg::mercurial'
             'svn::subversion')
@@ -36,14 +33,11 @@ VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
 CARCH="@CARCH@"
 CHOST="@CHOST@"
 
-#NPROC=2
-
 #-- Compiler and Linker Flags
 #CPPFLAGS=""
 #CFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
 #CXXFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
 #LDFLAGS=""
-#LTOFLAGS="-flto"
 #-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
 #MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
 #-- Debugging flags
@@ -54,7 +48,7 @@ CHOST="@CHOST@"
 # BUILD ENVIRONMENT
 #########################################################################
 #
-# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
+# Defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
 #  A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
 #
 #-- distcc:   Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
@@ -77,8 +71,7 @@ BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
 #   These are default values for the options=() settings
 #########################################################################
 #
-# Makepkg defaults:
-# OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
+# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !upx !optipng !debug)
 #  A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
 #
 #-- strip:      Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
@@ -88,14 +81,14 @@ BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
 #-- emptydirs:  Leave empty directories in packages
 #-- zipman:     Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
 #-- purge:      Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
+#-- upx:        Compress binary executable files using UPX
+#-- optipng:    Optimize PNG images with optipng
 #-- debug:      Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
-#-- lto:        Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
-#-- autodeps:   Automatically add depends/provides
 #
-OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
+OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !upx !optipng !debug)
 
-#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: ck, md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
-INTEGRITY_CHECK=(ck)
+#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
+INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
 #-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
 STRIP_BINARIES="@STRIP_BINARIES@"
 #-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
@@ -108,10 +101,6 @@ MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
 DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
 #-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
 PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
-#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
-DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
-#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
-LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
 
 #########################################################################
 # PACKAGE OUTPUT
@@ -139,23 +128,18 @@ LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
 COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
 COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
 COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
-COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -z -q -)
 COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
 COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
 COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
-COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
-COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
 
 #########################################################################
 # EXTENSION DEFAULTS
 #########################################################################
 #
+# WARNING: Do NOT modify these variables unless you know what you are
+#          doing.
+#
 PKGEXT='@PKGEXT@'
 SRCEXT='@SRCEXT@'
 
-#########################################################################
-# OTHER
-#########################################################################
-#
-#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
-PACMAN_AUTH=()
+# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:

etc/pacman.conf.in

@@ -16,9 +16,10 @@
 #GPGDir      = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg/
 #HookDir     = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/hooks/
 HoldPkg     = pacman glibc
-#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
+#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
 #XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
 #CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
+#UseDelta    = 0.7
 Architecture = auto
 
 # Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
@@ -31,12 +32,9 @@ Architecture = auto
 # Misc options
 #UseSyslog
 #Color
-#NoProgressBar
+#TotalDownload
 CheckSpace
 #VerbosePkgLists
-ParallelDownloads = 5
-#DownloadUser = alpm
-#DisableSandbox
 
 # PGP signature checking
 #SigLevel = Optional
@@ -76,4 +74,4 @@ ParallelDownloads = 5
 # tips on creating your own repositories.
 #[custom]
 #SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
-#Server = file:///home/packages
+#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

lib/libalpm/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
+
+SUBDIRS = po
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libalpm.la
+include_HEADERS = alpm_list.h alpm.h
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = \
+	-imacros $(top_builddir)/config.h \
+	-DSYSHOOKDIR=\"@datarootdir@/libalpm/hooks/\" \
+	-DLOCALEDIR=\"@localedir@\"
+
+AM_CFLAGS = -pedantic -D_GNU_SOURCE $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
+
+if ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC
+if DARWIN
+AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=hidden
+else
+AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=internal
+endif
+endif
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = libalpm.pc
+
+libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
+	add.h add.c \
+	alpm.h alpm.c \
+	alpm_list.h alpm_list.c \
+	backup.h backup.c \
+	base64.h base64.c \
+	be_local.c \
+	be_package.c \
+	be_sync.c \
+	conflict.h conflict.c \
+	db.h db.c \
+	delta.h delta.c \
+	deps.h deps.c \
+	diskspace.h diskspace.c \
+	dload.h dload.c \
+	error.c \
+	filelist.h filelist.c \
+	graph.h graph.c \
+	group.h group.c \
+	handle.h handle.c \
+	hook.h hook.c \
+	ini.h ini.c \
+	libarchive-compat.h \
+	log.h log.c \
+	package.h package.c \
+	pkghash.h pkghash.c \
+	rawstr.c \
+	remove.h remove.c \
+	signing.c signing.h \
+	sync.h sync.c \
+	trans.h trans.c \
+	util.h util.c \
+	util-common.h util-common.c \
+	version.c
+
+if !HAVE_LIBSSL
+libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
+	md5.h md5.c \
+	sha2.h sha2.c
+endif
+
+libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
+
+libalpm_la_CFLAGS = \
+	$(AM_CFLAGS) \
+	$(GPGME_CFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBARCHIVE_CFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBCURL_CFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBSSL_CFLAGS)
+
+libalpm_la_LIBADD = \
+	$(LTLIBINTL) \
+	$(GPGME_LIBS) \
+	$(LIBARCHIVE_LIBS) \
+	$(LIBCURL_LIBS) \
+	$(LIBSSL_LIBS)
+
+# vim:set noet:

lib/libalpm/add.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  add.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -47,12 +47,12 @@
 #include "remove.h"
 #include "handle.h"
 
+/** Add a package to the transaction. */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
 	const char *pkgname, *pkgver;
 	alpm_trans_t *trans;
 	alpm_pkg_t *local;
-	alpm_pkg_t *dup;
 
 	/* Sanity checks */
 	CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
@@ -70,16 +70,12 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 
 	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding package '%s'\n", pkgname);
 
-	if((dup = alpm_pkg_find(trans->add, pkgname))) {
-		if(dup == pkg) {
-			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping duplicate target: %s\n", pkgname);
-			return 0;
-		}
-		/* error for separate packages with the same name */
+	if(alpm_pkg_find(trans->add, pkgname)) {
 		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET, -1);
 	}
 
-	if((local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkgname))) {
+	local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkgname);
+	if(local) {
 		const char *localpkgname = local->name;
 		const char *localpkgver = local->version;
 		int cmp = _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(pkg, local);
@@ -119,7 +115,6 @@ static int perform_extraction(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
 	                          ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_PERM |
 	                          ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME |
 	                          ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_UNLINK |
-	                          ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_XATTR |
 	                          ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_SECURE_SYMLINKS;
 
 	archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
@@ -262,7 +257,7 @@ static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
 					"filesystem: %o  package: %o\n"), filename, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
 					entrymode & mask);
 			alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
-					"warning: directory permissions differ on %s, "
+					"warning: directory permissions differ on %s\n"
 					"filesystem: %o  package: %o\n", filename, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
 					entrymode & mask);
 		}
@@ -277,7 +272,7 @@ static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
 					"filesystem: %u:%u  package: %u:%u\n"), filename,
 					lsbuf.st_uid, lsbuf.st_gid, entryuid, entrygid);
 			alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
-					"warning: directory ownership differs on %s, "
+					"warning: directory ownership differs on %s\n"
 					"filesystem: %u:%u  package: %u:%u\n", filename,
 					lsbuf.st_uid, lsbuf.st_gid, entryuid, entrygid);
 		}
@@ -415,7 +410,7 @@ static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
 static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 		size_t pkg_current, size_t pkg_count)
 {
-	int ret = 0, errors = 0;
+	int i, ret = 0, errors = 0;
 	int is_upgrade = 0;
 	alpm_pkg_t *oldpkg = NULL;
 	alpm_db_t *db = handle->db_local;
@@ -432,7 +427,7 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 	ASSERT(trans != NULL, return -1);
 
 	/* see if this is an upgrade. if so, remove the old package first */
-	if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, newpkg->name) && (oldpkg = newpkg->oldpkg)) {
+	if((oldpkg = newpkg->oldpkg)) {
 		int cmp = _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(newpkg, oldpkg);
 		if(cmp < 0) {
 			log_msg = "downgrading";
@@ -484,7 +479,8 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 		/* set up fake remove transaction */
 		if(_alpm_remove_single_package(handle, oldpkg, newpkg, 0, 0) == -1) {
 			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT;
-			return -1;
+			ret = -1;
+			goto cleanup;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -495,13 +491,15 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 				"error: could not create database entry %s-%s\n",
 				newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
 		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
-		return -1;
+		ret = -1;
+		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
 	fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
 			&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
 	if(fd < 0) {
-		return -1;
+		ret = -1;
+		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
 	/* save the cwd so we can restore it later */
@@ -519,7 +517,8 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 			close(cwdfd);
 		}
 		close(fd);
-		return -1;
+		ret = -1;
+		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
 	if(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_DBONLY) {
@@ -538,7 +537,7 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 		/* call PROGRESS once with 0 percent, as we sort-of skip that here */
 		PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, 0, pkg_count, pkg_current);
 
-		while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
+		for(i = 0; archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK; i++) {
 			int percent;
 
 			if(newpkg->size != 0) {
@@ -603,7 +602,8 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 				"error: could not update database entry %s-%s\n",
 				newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
 		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
-		return -1;
+		ret = -1;
+		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
 	if(_alpm_db_add_pkgincache(db, newpkg) == -1) {
@@ -649,6 +649,7 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
 	event.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE;
 	EVENT(handle, &event);
 
+cleanup:
 	return ret;
 }
 
@@ -693,3 +694,5 @@ int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 
 	return ret;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/add.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  add.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -27,3 +27,5 @@
 int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_ADD_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/alpm.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  alpm.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -25,9 +25,6 @@
 #include <curl/curl.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-
 /* libalpm */
 #include "alpm.h"
 #include "alpm_list.h"
@@ -35,14 +32,26 @@
 #include "log.h"
 #include "util.h"
 
+/** \addtogroup alpm_interface Interface Functions
+ * @brief Functions to initialize and release libalpm
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Initializes the library.
+ * Creates handle, connects to database and creates lockfile.
+ * This must be called before any other functions are called.
+ * @param root the root path for all filesystem operations
+ * @param dbpath the absolute path to the libalpm database
+ * @param err an optional variable to hold any error return codes
+ * @return a context handle on success, NULL on error, err will be set if provided
+ */
 alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
 		alpm_errno_t *err)
 {
 	alpm_errno_t myerr;
 	const char *lf = "db.lck";
 	char *hookdir;
-	size_t hookdirlen, lockfilelen;
-	struct passwd const *pw = NULL;
+	size_t lockfilelen;
 	alpm_handle_t *myhandle = _alpm_handle_new();
 
 	if(myhandle == NULL) {
@@ -55,12 +64,11 @@ alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
 		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
-	/* to concatenate myhandle->root (ends with a slash) with SYSHOOKDIR (starts
+	/* to contatenate myhandle->root (ends with a slash) with SYSHOOKDIR (starts
 	 * with a slash) correctly, we skip SYSHOOKDIR[0]; the regular +1 therefore
 	 * disappears from the allocation */
-	hookdirlen = strlen(myhandle->root) + strlen(SYSHOOKDIR);
-	MALLOC(hookdir, hookdirlen, goto nomem);
-	snprintf(hookdir, hookdirlen, "%s%s", myhandle->root, &SYSHOOKDIR[1]);
+	MALLOC(hookdir, strlen(myhandle->root) + strlen(SYSHOOKDIR), goto nomem);
+	sprintf(hookdir, "%s%s", myhandle->root, SYSHOOKDIR + 1);
 	myhandle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(NULL, hookdir);
 
 	/* set default database extension */
@@ -75,17 +83,6 @@ alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
 		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
-	curl_global_init(CURL_GLOBAL_ALL);
-	myhandle->curlm = curl_multi_init();
-#endif
-
-	myhandle->parallel_downloads = 1;
-
-	/* set default sandboxuser */
-	ASSERT((pw = getpwuid(0)) != NULL, myerr = errno; goto cleanup);
-	STRDUP(myhandle->sandboxuser, pw->pw_name, goto nomem);
-	
 #ifdef ENABLE_NLS
 	bindtextdomain("libalpm", LOCALEDIR);
 #endif
@@ -102,24 +99,60 @@ cleanup:
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* check current state and free all resources including storage locks */
+/** Release the library.
+ * Disconnects from the database, removes handle and lockfile
+ * This should be the last alpm call you make.
+ * After this returns, handle should be considered invalid and cannot be reused
+ * in any way.
+ * @param myhandle the context handle
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on error
+ */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(alpm_handle_t *myhandle)
 {
+	int ret = 0;
+	alpm_db_t *db;
+
 	CHECK_HANDLE(myhandle, return -1);
-	ASSERT(myhandle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(myhandle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
+
+	/* close local database */
+	db = myhandle->db_local;
+	if(db) {
+		db->ops->unregister(db);
+		myhandle->db_local = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if(alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(myhandle) == -1) {
+		ret = -1;
+	}
 
 	_alpm_handle_unlock(myhandle);
 	_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
 
-	return 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
+	curl_global_cleanup();
+#endif
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup alpm_misc Miscellaneous Functions
+ * @brief Various libalpm functions
+ */
+
+/** Get the version of library.
+ * @return the library version, e.g. "6.0.4"
+ * */
 const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void)
 {
 	return LIB_VERSION;
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
+/** Get the capabilities of the library.
+ * @return a bitmask of the capabilities
+ * */
+enum alpm_caps SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
 {
 	return 0
 #ifdef ENABLE_NLS
@@ -133,3 +166,5 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
 #endif
 		| 0;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/alpm_list.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  alpm_list.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -30,9 +30,25 @@
 
 /* check exported library symbols with: nm -C -D <lib> */
 #define SYMEXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
+#define SYMHIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("internal")))
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup alpm_list List Functions
+ * @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
+ *
+ * These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
+ * type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
+ * publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
+ *
+ * @{ */
 
 /* Allocation */
 
+/**
+ * @brief Free a list, but not the contained data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to free
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *it = list;
@@ -44,6 +60,12 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
 	}
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Free the internal data of a list structure.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to free
+ * @param fn   a free function for the internal data
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *it = list;
@@ -61,12 +83,28 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
 
 /* Mutators */
 
+/**
+ * @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to add to
+ * @param data the new item to be added to the list
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
 {
 	alpm_list_append(&list, data);
 	return list;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to add to
+ * @param data the new item to be added to the list
+ *
+ * @return the newly added item
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *ptr;
@@ -93,18 +131,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data)
 	return ptr;
 }
 
-alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data)
-{
-	alpm_list_t *ret;
-	char *dup;
-	if((dup = strdup(data)) && (ret = alpm_list_append(list, dup))) {
-		return ret;
-	} else {
-		free(dup);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-}
-
+/**
+ * @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to add to
+ * @param data the new item to be added to the list
+ * @param fn   the comparison function to use to determine order
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
 	if(!fn || !list) {
@@ -147,6 +182,17 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_
 	}
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Join two lists.
+ * The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
+ * calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
+ * passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
+ *
+ * @param first  the first list
+ * @param second the second list
+ *
+ * @return the resultant joined list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *tmp;
@@ -169,6 +215,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
 	return first;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
+ *
+ * @param left  the first list
+ * @param right the second list
+ * @param fn    comparison function for determining merge order
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
 		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
@@ -230,6 +285,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
 	return newlist;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to sort
+ * @param n    the size of the list
+ * @param fn   the comparison function for determining order
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
 		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
@@ -255,6 +319,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
 	return list;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Remove an item from the list.
+ * item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
+ *
+ * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
+ * @param item the item to remove from the list
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		alpm_list_t *item)
 {
@@ -292,6 +365,17 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 	return haystack;
 }
 
+
+/**
+ * @brief Remove an item from the list.
+ *
+ * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
+ * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
+ * @param fn       the comparison function for searching
+ * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
 {
@@ -326,6 +410,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 	return haystack;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Remove a string from a list.
+ *
+ * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
+ * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
+ * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const char *needle, char **data)
 {
@@ -333,50 +426,74 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 			(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data);
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
+ *
+ * This does NOT copy data members.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
 		if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(newlist, lp->data)) {
-			if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
-				alpm_list_free(newlist);
-				return NULL;
-			}
+			newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
 		}
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
 	return newlist;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a string list, including data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the original list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
-		if(alpm_list_append_strdup(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
-			FREELIST(newlist);
-			return NULL;
-		}
+		newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
 	return newlist;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the original list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
-		if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
-			alpm_list_free(newlist);
-			return NULL;
-		}
+		newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
 	return newlist;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
+ * Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
+ * and should also be of constant size.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ * @param size the size of each data element
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
 		size_t size)
 {
@@ -386,20 +503,20 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
 		void *newdata = malloc(size);
 		if(newdata) {
 			memcpy(newdata, lp->data, size);
-			if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, newdata) == NULL) {
-				free(newdata);
-				FREELIST(newlist);
-				return NULL;
-			}
+			newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, newdata);
 			lp = lp->next;
-		} else {
-			FREELIST(newlist);
-			return NULL;
 		}
 	}
 	return newlist;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a new list in reverse order
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp;
@@ -415,11 +532,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
 	list->prev = NULL;
 
 	while(lp) {
-		if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
-			alpm_list_free(newlist);
-			list->prev = backup;
-			return NULL;
-		}
+		newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
 		lp = lp->prev;
 	}
 	list->prev = backup; /* restore tail pointer */
@@ -428,6 +541,14 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
 
 /* Accessors */
 
+/**
+ * @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
+ *
+ * @param list the list
+ * @param n    the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
+ *
+ * @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *i = list;
@@ -437,6 +558,13 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
 	return (alpm_list_t *)i;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Get the next element of a list.
+ *
+ * @param node the list node
+ *
+ * @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
+ */
 inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
 {
 	if(node) {
@@ -446,6 +574,13 @@ inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
 	}
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Get the previous element of a list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list head
+ *
+ * @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
+ */
 inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	if(list && list->prev->next) {
@@ -455,6 +590,13 @@ inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
 	}
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Get the last item in the list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list
+ *
+ * @return the last element in the list
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	if(list) {
@@ -466,6 +608,13 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
 
 /* Misc */
 
+/**
+ * @brief Get the number of items in a list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list
+ *
+ * @return the number of list items
+ */
 size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	size_t i = 0;
@@ -477,6 +626,15 @@ size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
 	return i;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Find an item in a list.
+ *
+ * @param needle   the item to search
+ * @param haystack the list
+ * @param fn       the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
+ *
+ * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle,
 		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
@@ -496,12 +654,30 @@ static int ptr_cmp(const void *p, const void *q)
 	return (p != q);
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Find an item in a list.
+ *
+ * Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
+ *
+ * @param needle   the data to search for (== comparison)
+ * @param haystack the list
+ *
+ * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const void *needle)
 {
 	return alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp);
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Find a string in a list.
+ *
+ * @param needle   the string to search for
+ * @param haystack the list
+ *
+ * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
 char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const char *needle)
 {
@@ -509,63 +685,20 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
 			(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_list_cmp_unsorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
-		const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
-{
-	const alpm_list_t *l = left;
-	const alpm_list_t *r = right;
-	int *matched;
-
-	/* short circuiting length comparison */
-	while(l && r) {
-		l = l->next;
-		r = r->next;
-	}
-	if(l || r) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/* faster comparison for if the lists happen to be in the same order */
-	while(left && fn(left->data, right->data) == 0) {
-		left = left->next;
-		right = right->next;
-	}
-	if(!left) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	matched = calloc(alpm_list_count(right), sizeof(int));
-	if(matched == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	for(l = left; l; l = l->next) {
-		int found = 0;
-		int n = 0;
-
-		for(r = right; r; r = r->next, n++) {
-			/* make sure we don't match the same value twice */
-			if(matched[n]) {
-				continue;
-			}
-			if(fn(l->data, r->data) == 0) {
-				found = 1;
-				matched[n] = 1;
-				break;
-			}
-
-		}
-
-		if(!found) {
-			free(matched);
-			return 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	free(matched);
-	return 1;
-}
-
+/**
+ * @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
+ *
+ * The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
+ * `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
+ * list.
+ *
+ * @param left      the first list
+ * @param right     the second list
+ * @param fn        the comparison function
+ * @param onlyleft  pointer to the first result list
+ * @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
+ *
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
 		const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn,
 		alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright)
@@ -610,6 +743,15 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
 }
 
 
+/**
+ * @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
+ *
+ * @param lhs the first list
+ * @param rhs the second list
+ * @param fn  the comparison function
+ *
+ * @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
 		const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
@@ -628,6 +770,17 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
 	return ret;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
+ * Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
+ * will point to the original data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ * @param n    the size of the list
+ * @param size the size of each data element
+ *
+ * @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
 		size_t size)
 {
@@ -648,3 +801,7 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
 	}
 	return array;
 }
+
+/** @} */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/alpm_list.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  alpm_list.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,6 @@
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-
-
 #ifndef ALPM_LIST_H
 #define ALPM_LIST_H
 
@@ -33,363 +31,65 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * @ingroup libalpm
- * @addtogroup libalpm_list libalpm_list(3)
- * @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
- *
- * These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
- * type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
- * publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
+ * @brief Linked list type used by libalpm.
  *
  * It is exposed so front ends can use it to prevent the need to reimplement
  * lists of their own; however, it is not required that the front end uses
  * it.
- * @{
  */
-
-/** A doubly linked list */
-typedef struct _alpm_list_t {
+typedef struct __alpm_list_t {
 	/** data held by the list node */
 	void *data;
 	/** pointer to the previous node */
-	struct _alpm_list_t *prev;
+	struct __alpm_list_t *prev;
 	/** pointer to the next node */
-	struct _alpm_list_t *next;
+	struct __alpm_list_t *next;
 } alpm_list_t;
 
-/** Frees a list and its contents */
 #define FREELIST(p) do { alpm_list_free_inner(p, free); alpm_list_free(p); p = NULL; } while(0)
 
-/** item deallocation callback.
- * @param item the item to free
- */
-typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void * item);
-
-/** item comparison callback */
-typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *);
+typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void *); /* item deallocation callback */
+typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *); /* item comparison callback */
 
 /* allocation */
-
-/** Free a list, but not the contained data.
- *
- * @param list the list to free
- */
 void alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/** Free the internal data of a list structure but not the list itself.
- *
- * @param list the list to free
- * @param fn a free function for the internal data
- */
 void alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn);
 
 /* item mutators */
-
-/** Add a new item to the end of the list.
- *
- * @param list the list to add to
- * @param data the new item to be added to the list
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
- *
- * @param list the list to add to
- * @param data the new item to be added to the list
- *
- * @return the newly added item
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate and append a string to a list.
- *
- * @param list the list to append to
- * @param data the string to duplicate and append
- *
- * @return the newly added item
- */
-alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
- *
- * @param list the list to add to
- * @param data the new item to be added to the list
- * @param fn   the comparison function to use to determine order
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
-
-/**
- * @brief Join two lists.
- * The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
- * calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
- * passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
- *
- * @param first  the first list
- * @param second the second list
- *
- * @return the resultant joined list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
-
-/**
- * @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
- *
- * @param left  the first list
- * @param right the second list
- * @param fn    comparison function for determining merge order
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
-
-/**
- * @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
- *
- * @param list the list to sort
- * @param n    the size of the list
- * @param fn   the comparison function for determining order
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
-
-/**
- * @brief Remove an item from the list.
- * item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
- *
- * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
- * @param item the item to remove from the list
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack, alpm_list_t *item);
-
-/**
- * @brief Remove an item from the list.
- *
- * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
- * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
- * @param fn       the comparison function for searching
- * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Remove a string from a list.
- *
- * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
- * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
- * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle, char **data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
- *
- * This does NOT copy data members.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/**
- * @brief Copy a string list, including data.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a copy of the original list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/**
- * @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a copy of the original list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/**
- * @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
- * Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
- * and should also be of constant size.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- * @param size the size of each data element
- *
- * @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t size);
-
-/**
- * @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a new list in reverse order
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list);
 
 /* item accessors */
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
- *
- * @param list the list
- * @param n    the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
- *
- * @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the next element of a list.
- *
- * @param list the list node
- *
- * @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the previous element of a list.
- *
- * @param list the list head
- *
- * @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the last item in the list.
- *
- * @param list the list
- *
- * @return the last element in the list
- */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
 
 /* misc */
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of items in a list.
- *
- * @param list the list
- *
- * @return the number of list items
- */
 size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
-
-/**
- * @brief Find an item in a list.
- *
- * @param needle   the item to search
- * @param haystack the list
- * @param fn       the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
- *
- * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
- */
 void *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
-
-/**
- * @brief Find an item in a list.
- *
- * Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
- *
- * @param needle   the data to search for (== comparison)
- * @param haystack the list
- *
- * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
- */
 void *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle);
-
-/**
- * @brief Find a string in a list.
- *
- * @param needle   the string to search for
- * @param haystack the list
- *
- * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
- */
 char *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Check if two lists contain the same data, ignoring order.
- *
- * Lists are considered equal if they both contain the same data regardless
- * of order.
- *
- * @param left      the first list
- * @param right     the second list
- * @param fn        the comparison function
- *
- * @return 1 if the lists are equal, 0 if not equal, -1 on error.
- */
-int alpm_list_cmp_unsorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
-		const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
-
-/**
- * @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
- *
- * The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
- * `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
- * list.
- *
- * @param left      the first list
- * @param right     the second list
- * @param fn        the comparison function
- * @param onlyleft  pointer to the first result list
- * @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
- *
- */
+alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
 void alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left, const alpm_list_t *right,
 		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright);
-
-/**
- * @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
- *
- * @param lhs the first list
- * @param rhs the second list
- * @param fn  the comparison function
- *
- * @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
- */
-
-alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
-
-/**
- * @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
- * Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
- * will point to the original data.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- * @param n    the size of the list
- * @param size the size of each data element
- *
- * @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
- */
 void *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, size_t size);
 
-/* End of alpm_list */
-/** @} */
-
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
 #endif /* ALPM_LIST_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/backup.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  backup.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -98,3 +98,5 @@ error:
 	free(newbackup);
 	return NULL;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/backup.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  backup.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -29,3 +29,5 @@ void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup);
 alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_BACKUP_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/be_local.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  be_local.c : backend for the local database
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@
 /* local database format version */
 size_t ALPM_LOCAL_DB_VERSION = 9;
 
-static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq);
+static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
 
-#define LAZY_LOAD(info) \
+#define LAZY_LOAD(info, errret) \
 	do { \
 		if(!(pkg->infolevel & info)) { \
 			local_db_read(pkg, info); \
@@ -65,142 +65,124 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq);
 
 static const char *_cache_get_base(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->base;
 }
 
 static const char *_cache_get_desc(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->desc;
 }
 
 static const char *_cache_get_url(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->url;
 }
 
 static alpm_time_t _cache_get_builddate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, 0);
 	return pkg->builddate;
 }
 
 static alpm_time_t _cache_get_installdate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, 0);
 	return pkg->installdate;
 }
 
 static const char *_cache_get_packager(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->packager;
 }
 
 static const char *_cache_get_arch(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->arch;
 }
 
 static off_t _cache_get_isize(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, -1);
 	return pkg->isize;
 }
 
 static alpm_pkgreason_t _cache_get_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, -1);
 	return pkg->reason;
 }
 
-static int _cache_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
+static alpm_pkgvalidation_t _cache_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, -1);
 	return pkg->validation;
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_licenses(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->licenses;
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_groups(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->groups;
 }
 
 static int _cache_has_scriptlet(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_SCRIPTLET);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_SCRIPTLET, NULL);
 	return pkg->scriptlet;
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_depends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->depends;
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_optdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->optdepends;
 }
 
-static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_makedepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
-{
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
-	return pkg->makedepends;
-}
-
-static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_checkdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
-{
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
-	return pkg->checkdepends;
-}
-
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_conflicts(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->conflicts;
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_provides(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->provides;
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_replaces(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
 	return pkg->replaces;
 }
 
 static alpm_filelist_t *_cache_get_files(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_FILES);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_FILES, NULL);
 	return &(pkg->files);
 }
 
 static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_backup(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_FILES);
+	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_FILES, NULL);
 	return pkg->backup;
 }
 
-static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_xdata(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
-{
-	LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC);
-	return pkg->xdata;
-}
-
 /**
  * Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
  * except that the returned 'file stream' is from the database.
@@ -250,6 +232,7 @@ static int _cache_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
  */
 static struct archive *_cache_mtree_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
+	int r;
 	struct archive *mtree;
 
 	alpm_db_t *db = alpm_pkg_get_db(pkg);
@@ -261,17 +244,19 @@ static struct archive *_cache_mtree_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 	}
 
 	if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
-		GOTO_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+		goto error;
 	}
 
 	_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
 	archive_read_support_format_mtree(mtree);
 
-	if(_alpm_archive_read_open_file(mtree, mtfile, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE)) {
+	if((r = _alpm_archive_read_open_file(mtree, mtfile, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE))) {
 		_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading file %s: %s\n"),
 					mtfile, archive_error_string(mtree));
+		pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
 		_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
-		GOTO_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		goto error;
 	}
 
 	free(mtfile);
@@ -287,26 +272,12 @@ error:
  * @param pkg the package that the mtree file is being read from
  * @param archive the archive structure reading from the mtree file
  * @param entry an archive_entry to store the entry header information
- * @return 0 on success, 1 if end of archive is reached, -1 otherwise.
+ * @return 0 if end of archive is reached, non-zero otherwise.
  */
 static int _cache_mtree_next(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg,
 		struct archive *mtree, struct archive_entry **entry)
 {
-	int ret;
-	ret = archive_read_next_header(mtree, entry);
-
-	switch(ret) {
-		case ARCHIVE_OK:
-			return 0;
-			break;
-		case ARCHIVE_EOF:
-			return 1;
-			break;
-		default:
-			break;
-	}
-
-	return -1;
+	return archive_read_next_header(mtree, entry);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -331,40 +302,37 @@ static int _cache_force_load(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
  * lazy accessor methods that handle any backend loading and caching
  * logic.
  */
-static const struct pkg_operations local_pkg_ops = {
-	.get_base = _cache_get_base,
-	.get_desc = _cache_get_desc,
-	.get_url = _cache_get_url,
-	.get_builddate = _cache_get_builddate,
+static struct pkg_operations local_pkg_ops = {
+	.get_base        = _cache_get_base,
+	.get_desc        = _cache_get_desc,
+	.get_url         = _cache_get_url,
+	.get_builddate   = _cache_get_builddate,
 	.get_installdate = _cache_get_installdate,
-	.get_packager = _cache_get_packager,
-	.get_arch = _cache_get_arch,
-	.get_isize = _cache_get_isize,
-	.get_reason = _cache_get_reason,
-	.get_validation = _cache_get_validation,
-	.has_scriptlet = _cache_has_scriptlet,
-	.get_licenses = _cache_get_licenses,
-	.get_groups = _cache_get_groups,
-	.get_depends = _cache_get_depends,
-	.get_optdepends = _cache_get_optdepends,
-	.get_makedepends = _cache_get_makedepends,
-	.get_checkdepends = _cache_get_checkdepends,
-	.get_conflicts = _cache_get_conflicts,
-	.get_provides = _cache_get_provides,
-	.get_replaces = _cache_get_replaces,
-	.get_files = _cache_get_files,
-	.get_backup = _cache_get_backup,
-	.get_xdata = _cache_get_xdata,
+	.get_packager    = _cache_get_packager,
+	.get_arch        = _cache_get_arch,
+	.get_isize       = _cache_get_isize,
+	.get_reason      = _cache_get_reason,
+	.get_validation  = _cache_get_validation,
+	.has_scriptlet   = _cache_has_scriptlet,
+	.get_licenses    = _cache_get_licenses,
+	.get_groups      = _cache_get_groups,
+	.get_depends     = _cache_get_depends,
+	.get_optdepends  = _cache_get_optdepends,
+	.get_conflicts   = _cache_get_conflicts,
+	.get_provides    = _cache_get_provides,
+	.get_replaces    = _cache_get_replaces,
+	.get_files       = _cache_get_files,
+	.get_backup      = _cache_get_backup,
 
-	.changelog_open = _cache_changelog_open,
-	.changelog_read = _cache_changelog_read,
+	.changelog_open  = _cache_changelog_open,
+	.changelog_read  = _cache_changelog_read,
 	.changelog_close = _cache_changelog_close,
 
-	.mtree_open = _cache_mtree_open,
-	.mtree_next = _cache_mtree_next,
-	.mtree_close = _cache_mtree_close,
+	.mtree_open      = _cache_mtree_open,
+	.mtree_next      = _cache_mtree_next,
+	.mtree_close     = _cache_mtree_close,
 
-	.force_load = _cache_force_load,
+	.force_load      = _cache_force_load,
 };
 
 static int checkdbdir(alpm_db_t *db)
@@ -630,17 +598,10 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		/* treat local metadata errors as warning-only,
-		 * they are already installed and otherwise they can't be operated on */
-		_alpm_pkg_check_meta(pkg);
-
 		/* add to the collection */
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
 				pkg->name, db->treename);
-		if(_alpm_pkghash_add(&db->pkgcache, pkg) == NULL) {
-			_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
-			RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
-		}
+		db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
 		count++;
 	}
 
@@ -654,17 +615,6 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-static alpm_pkgreason_t _read_pkgreason(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkgname, const char *line) {
-	if(strcmp(line, "0") == 0) {
-		return ALPM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT;
-	} else if(strcmp(line, "1") == 0) {
-		return ALPM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND;
-	} else {
-		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("unknown install reason for package %s: %s\n"), pkgname, line);
-		return ALPM_PKG_REASON_UNKNOWN;
-	}
-}
-
 /* Note: the return value must be freed by the caller */
 char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info,
 		const char *filename)
@@ -677,7 +627,7 @@ char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info,
 	len = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(info->name) + strlen(info->version) + 3;
 	len += filename ? strlen(filename) : 0;
 	MALLOC(pkgpath, len, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
-	snprintf(pkgpath, len, "%s%s-%s/%s", dbpath, info->name, info->version,
+	sprintf(pkgpath, "%s%s-%s/%s", dbpath, info->name, info->version,
 			filename ? filename : "");
 	return pkgpath;
 }
@@ -710,10 +660,10 @@ char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info,
 	f = alpm_list_add(f, alpm_dep_from_string(line)); \
 } while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
 
-static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
+static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
 {
 	FILE *fp = NULL;
-	char line[1024] = {0};
+	char line[1024];
 	alpm_db_t *db = info->origin_data.db;
 
 	/* bitmask logic here:
@@ -736,6 +686,9 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
 			"loading package data for %s : level=0x%x\n",
 			info->name, inforeq);
 
+	/* clear out 'line', to be certain - and to make valgrind happy */
+	memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
+
 	/* DESC */
 	if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC && !(info->infolevel & INFRQ_DESC)) {
 		char *path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "desc");
@@ -787,7 +740,7 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
 				READ_AND_STORE(info->packager);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%REASON%") == 0) {
 				READ_NEXT();
-				info->reason = _read_pkgreason(db->handle, info->name, line);
+				info->reason = (alpm_pkgreason_t)atoi(line);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%VALIDATION%") == 0) {
 				alpm_list_t *i, *v = NULL;
 				READ_AND_STORE_ALL(v);
@@ -817,31 +770,10 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->depends);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->optdepends);
-			} else if(strcmp(line, "%MAKEDEPENDS%") == 0) {
-				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->makedepends);
-			} else if(strcmp(line, "%CHECKDEPENDS%") == 0) {
-				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->checkdepends);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->conflicts);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->provides);
-			} else if(strcmp(line, "%XDATA%") == 0) {
-				alpm_list_t *i, *lines = NULL;
-				READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
-				for(i = lines; i; i = i->next) {
-					alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(i->data);
-					if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&info->xdata, pd)) {
-						_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
-						FREELIST(lines);
-						goto error;
-					}
-				}
-				FREELIST(lines);
-			} else {
-				_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in local database\n"), info->name, line);
-				alpm_list_t *lines = NULL;
-				READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
-				FREELIST(lines);
 			}
 		}
 		fclose(fp);
@@ -879,13 +811,20 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
 				}
 				/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
 				if(files_count > 0) {
-					REALLOC(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count, (void)0);
+					alpm_file_t *newfiles;
+
+					newfiles = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
+					if(newfiles != NULL) {
+						files = newfiles;
+					}
+
+					/* make sure the list is sorted */
+					qsort(files, files_count, sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
 				} else {
 					FREE(files);
 				}
 				info->files.count = files_count;
 				info->files.files = files;
-				_alpm_filelist_sort(&info->files);
 				continue;
 nomem:
 				while(files_count > 0) {
@@ -971,7 +910,7 @@ static void write_deps(FILE *fp, const char *header, alpm_list_t *deplist)
 	fputc('\n', fp);
 }
 
-int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
+int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
 {
 	FILE *fp = NULL;
 	mode_t oldmask;
@@ -1078,15 +1017,6 @@ int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq)
 		write_deps(fp, "%CONFLICTS%", info->conflicts);
 		write_deps(fp, "%PROVIDES%", info->provides);
 
-		if(info->xdata) {
-			fputs("%XDATA%\n", fp);
-			for(lp = info->xdata; lp; lp = lp->next) {
-				alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = lp->data;
-				fprintf(fp, "%s=%s\n", pd->name, pd->value);
-			}
-			fputc('\n', fp);
-		}
-
 		fclose(fp);
 		fp = NULL;
 	}
@@ -1164,7 +1094,7 @@ int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info)
 				/* file path is too long to remove, hmm. */
 				ret = -1;
 			} else {
-				snprintf(name, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", pkgpath, dp->d_name);
+				sprintf(name, "%s/%s", pkgpath, dp->d_name);
 				if(unlink(name)) {
 					ret = -1;
 				}
@@ -1205,7 +1135,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_set_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_pkgreason_t reason)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-static const struct db_operations local_db_ops = {
+struct db_operations local_db_ops = {
 	.validate         = local_db_validate,
 	.populate         = local_db_populate,
 	.unregister       = _alpm_db_unregister,
@@ -1235,3 +1165,5 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	handle->db_local = db;
 	return db;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/be_package.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  be_package.c : backend for packages
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -134,10 +134,11 @@ static int _package_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
 }
 
 /** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
- * because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
- * add only a few operations of our own on top.
+ * rather than a static struct as in be_files because we want to reuse the
+ * majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and add only a few operations of
+ * our own on top.
  */
-static const struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
+static struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
 {
 	static struct pkg_operations file_pkg_ops;
 	static int file_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
@@ -163,8 +164,9 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
 	char *ptr = NULL;
 	char *key = NULL;
 	int ret, linenum = 0;
-	struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
+	struct archive_read_buffer buf;
 
+	memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
 	/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
 	buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
 
@@ -200,15 +202,11 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
 				STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
-				char *tmp = NULL;
-				STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
-				newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, tmp);
+				newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, strdup(ptr));
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "url") == 0) {
 				STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "license") == 0) {
-				char *tmp = NULL;
-				STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
-				newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, tmp);
+				newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, strdup(ptr));
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "builddate") == 0) {
 				newpkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(ptr);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "packager") == 0) {
@@ -225,11 +223,9 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
 				alpm_depend_t *optdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
 				newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, optdep);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "makedepend") == 0) {
-				alpm_depend_t *makedep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
-				newpkg->makedepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->makedepends, makedep);
+				/* not used atm */
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "checkdepend") == 0) {
-				alpm_depend_t *checkdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
-				newpkg->checkdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->checkdepends, checkdep);
+				/* not used atm */
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
 				alpm_depend_t *conflict = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
 				newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, conflict);
@@ -244,17 +240,13 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
 				CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return -1);
 				STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, FREE(backup); return -1);
 				newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, backup);
-			} else if(strcmp(key, "xdata") == 0) {
-				alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(ptr);
-				if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&newpkg->xdata, pd)) {
-					_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
-					return -1;
-				}
+			} else if(strcmp(key, "force") == 0) {
+				/* deprecated, skip it */
+			} else if(strcmp(key, "makepkgopt") == 0) {
+				/* not used atm */
 			} else {
-				const char *pkgname = newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error";
-				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in package description\n"), pkgname, key);
 				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
-									pkgname, key, linenum);
+									newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", key, linenum);
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -278,11 +270,11 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
  * @return 0 if package is fully valid, -1 and pm_errno otherwise
  */
 int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
-		const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, int level,
-		alpm_siglist_t **sigdata, int *validation)
+		const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, alpm_siglevel_t level,
+		alpm_siglist_t **sigdata, alpm_pkgvalidation_t *validation)
 {
 	int has_sig;
-	handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	handle->pm_errno = 0;
 
 	if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
 		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
@@ -314,7 +306,7 @@ int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		}
 	}
 
-	if(syncpkg && (!has_sig || !syncpkg->base64_sig)) {
+	if(syncpkg && !has_sig) {
 		if(syncpkg->md5sum && !syncpkg->sha256sum) {
 			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "md5sum: %s\n", syncpkg->md5sum);
 			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking md5sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
@@ -454,15 +446,18 @@ static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, str
 	char *mtree_data = NULL;
 	struct archive *mtree;
 	struct archive_entry *mtree_entry = NULL;
-	alpm_filelist_t filelist = {0};
+	alpm_filelist_t filelist;
 
 	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 			"found mtree for package %s, getting file list\n", pkg->filename);
 
+	memset(&filelist, 0, sizeof(alpm_filelist_t));
+
 	/* create a new archive to parse the mtree and load it from archive into memory */
 	/* TODO: split this into a function */
 	if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
-		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+		goto error;
 	}
 
 	_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
@@ -481,7 +476,8 @@ static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, str
 		if(size < 0) {
 			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
 					pkg->filename, archive_error_string(archive));
-			GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+			goto error;
 		}
 		if(size == 0) {
 			break;
@@ -494,7 +490,8 @@ static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, str
 		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 				_("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
 				pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
-		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+		goto error;
 	}
 
 	while((ret = archive_read_next_header(mtree, &mtree_entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
@@ -517,7 +514,8 @@ static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, str
 	if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
 		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
 				pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
-		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+		goto error;
 	}
 
 	/* throw away any files we loaded directly from the archive */
@@ -582,9 +580,11 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 
 	newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
 	if(newpkg == NULL) {
-		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error);
+		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
+		goto error;
 	}
-	STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkgfile, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error));
+	STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkgfile,
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY; goto error);
 	newpkg->size = st.st_size;
 
 	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
@@ -634,7 +634,8 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
 			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
 					pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
-			GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+			goto error;
 		}
 
 		/* if we are not doing a full read, see if we have all we need */
@@ -646,7 +647,8 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 	if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
 		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
 				pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
-		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
+		goto error;
 	}
 
 	if(!config) {
@@ -654,9 +656,12 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		goto pkg_invalid;
 	}
 
+	_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
+	close(fd);
+
 	/* internal fields for package struct */
 	newpkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE;
-	STRDUP(newpkg->origin_data.file, pkgfile, goto error);
+	newpkg->origin_data.file = strdup(pkgfile);
 	newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
 	newpkg->handle = handle;
 	newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
@@ -665,22 +670,18 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 	if(full) {
 		if(newpkg->files.files) {
 			/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
-			REALLOC(newpkg->files.files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * newpkg->files.count, (void)0);
+			newpkg->files.files = realloc(newpkg->files.files,
+					sizeof(alpm_file_t) * newpkg->files.count);
 			/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
 			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 					"sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
 
-			_alpm_filelist_sort(&newpkg->files);
+			qsort(newpkg->files.files, newpkg->files.count,
+					sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
 		}
 		newpkg->infolevel |= INFRQ_FILES;
 	}
 
-	if(_alpm_pkg_check_meta(newpkg) != 0) {
-		goto pkg_invalid;
-	}
-
-	_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
-	close(fd);
 	return newpkg;
 
 pkg_invalid:
@@ -688,7 +689,9 @@ pkg_invalid:
 error:
 	_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
 	_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
-	close(fd);
+	if(fd >= 0) {
+		close(fd);
+	}
 
 	return NULL;
 }
@@ -723,11 +726,10 @@ static int read_sigfile(const char *sigpath, unsigned char **sig)
 }
 
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int full,
-		int level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
+		alpm_siglevel_t level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
 {
-	int validation = 0;
+	alpm_pkgvalidation_t validation = 0;
 	char *sigpath;
-	alpm_pkg_t *pkg_temp;
 
 	CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
 	ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
@@ -752,11 +754,9 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int ful
 				for(k = keys; k; k = k->next) {
 					char *key = k->data;
 					if(_alpm_key_in_keychain(handle, key) == 0) {
-						pkg_temp = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
-						if(_alpm_key_import(handle, NULL, key) == -1) {
+						if(_alpm_key_import(handle, key) == -1) {
 							fail = 1;
 						}
-						_alpm_pkg_free(pkg_temp);
 					}
 				}
 				FREELIST(keys);
@@ -787,3 +787,5 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int ful
 
 	return 0;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/be_sync.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  be_sync.c : backend for sync databases
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@
 #include "alpm_list.h"
 #include "package.h"
 #include "handle.h"
+#include "delta.h"
 #include "deps.h"
 #include "dload.h"
 #include "filelist.h"
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	struct stat buf;
 
 	MALLOC(syncpath, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
-	snprintf(syncpath, len, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, "sync/");
+	sprintf(syncpath, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, "sync/");
 
 	if(stat(syncpath, &buf) != 0) {
 		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 
 static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
-	int siglevel;
+	alpm_siglevel_t level;
 	const char *dbpath;
 
 	if(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID || db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
@@ -103,20 +104,20 @@ static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
 
 	/* this takes into account the default verification level if UNKNOWN
 	 * was assigned to this db */
-	siglevel = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
+	level = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
 
-	if(siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE) {
+	if(level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE) {
 		int retry, ret;
 		do {
 			retry = 0;
 			alpm_siglist_t *siglist;
 			ret = _alpm_check_pgp_helper(db->handle, dbpath, NULL,
-					siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
-					siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK, &siglist);
+					level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
+					level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK, &siglist);
 			if(ret) {
 				retry = _alpm_process_siglist(db->handle, db->treename, siglist,
-						siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
-						siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK);
+						level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
+						level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK);
 			}
 			alpm_siglist_cleanup(siglist);
 			free(siglist);
@@ -136,105 +137,178 @@ valid:
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *dbs, int force) {
+/** Update a package database
+ *
+ * An update of the package database \a db will be attempted. Unless
+ * \a force is true, the update will only be performed if the remote
+ * database was modified since the last update.
+ *
+ * This operation requires a database lock, and will return an applicable error
+ * if the lock could not be obtained.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ * alpm_list_t *syncs = alpm_get_syncdbs();
+ * for(i = syncs; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
+ *     alpm_db_t *db = alpm_list_getdata(i);
+ *     result = alpm_db_update(0, db);
+ *
+ *     if(result < 0) {
+ *	       printf("Unable to update database: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
+ *     } else if(result == 1) {
+ *         printf("Database already up to date\n");
+ *     } else {
+ *         printf("Database updated\n");
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @ingroup alpm_databases
+ * @note After a successful update, the \link alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
+ * package cache \endlink will be invalidated
+ * @param force if true, then forces the update, otherwise update only in case
+ * the database isn't up to date
+ * @param db pointer to the package database to update
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly), 1 if up to
+ * to date
+ */
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
+{
 	char *syncpath;
-	char *temporary_syncpath;
-	const char *dbext = handle->dbext;
+	const char *dbext;
 	alpm_list_t *i;
+	int updated = 0;
 	int ret = -1;
 	mode_t oldmask;
-	alpm_list_t *payloads = NULL;
-	alpm_event_t event;
+	alpm_handle_t *handle;
+	alpm_siglevel_t level;
 
 	/* Sanity checks */
-	CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
-	ASSERT(dbs != NULL, return -1);
-	handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
+	handle = db->handle;
+	handle->pm_errno = 0;
+	ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
+	ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, -1));
+
+	if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	syncpath = get_sync_dir(handle);
-	ASSERT(syncpath != NULL, return -1);
-	temporary_syncpath = _alpm_temporary_download_dir_setup(syncpath, handle->sandboxuser);
-	ASSERT(temporary_syncpath != NULL, FREE(syncpath); return -1);
+	if(!syncpath) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* force update of invalid databases to fix potential mismatched database/signature */
+	if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
+		force = 1;
+	}
 
 	/* make sure we have a sane umask */
 	oldmask = umask(0022);
 
+	level = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
+
 	/* attempt to grab a lock */
 	if(_alpm_handle_lock(handle)) {
-		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, cleanup);
+		free(syncpath);
+		umask(oldmask);
+		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, -1);
 	}
 
-	for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
-		alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
-		int dbforce = force;
-		struct dload_payload *payload = NULL;
+	dbext = db->handle->dbext;
+
+	for(i = db->servers; i; i = i->next) {
+		const char *server = i->data, *final_db_url = NULL;
+		struct dload_payload payload;
 		size_t len;
-		int siglevel;
+		int sig_ret = 0;
 
-		if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
-			continue;
-		}
+		memset(&payload, 0, sizeof(struct dload_payload));
 
-		ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, cleanup));
-		ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, cleanup));
+		/* set hard upper limit of 25MiB */
+		payload.max_size = 25 * 1024 * 1024;
 
-		/* force update of invalid databases to fix potential mismatched database/signature */
-		if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
-			dbforce = 1;
-		}
-
-		siglevel = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
-
-		CALLOC(payload, 1, sizeof(*payload), GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
-		payload->servers = db->servers;
 		/* print server + filename into a buffer */
-		len = strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
-		MALLOC(payload->filepath, len,
-			FREE(payload); GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
-		snprintf(payload->filepath, len, "%s%s", db->treename, dbext);
+		len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 2;
+		MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len,
+			{
+				free(syncpath);
+				umask(oldmask);
+				RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
+			}
+		);
+		snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s%s", server, db->treename, dbext);
+		payload.handle = handle;
+		payload.force = force;
+		payload.unlink_on_fail = 1;
 
-		STRDUP(payload->remote_name, payload->filepath,
-			_alpm_dload_payload_reset(payload); FREE(payload);
-			GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
-		payload->destfile_name = _alpm_get_fullpath(temporary_syncpath, payload->remote_name, "");
-		payload->tempfile_name = _alpm_get_fullpath(temporary_syncpath, payload->remote_name, ".part");
-		if(!payload->destfile_name || !payload->tempfile_name) {
-			_alpm_dload_payload_reset(payload);
-			FREE(payload);
-			GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup);
+		ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL, &final_db_url);
+		_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
+		updated = (updated || ret == 0);
+
+		if(ret != -1 && updated && (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE)) {
+			/* an existing sig file is no good at this point */
+			char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, _alpm_db_path(db));
+			if(!sigpath) {
+				ret = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+			unlink(sigpath);
+			free(sigpath);
+
+
+			/* check if the final URL from internal downloader looks reasonable */
+			if(final_db_url != NULL) {
+				if(strlen(final_db_url) < 3
+						|| strcmp(final_db_url + strlen(final_db_url) - strlen(dbext),
+								dbext) != 0) {
+					final_db_url = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* if we downloaded a DB, we want the .sig from the same server */
+			if(final_db_url != NULL) {
+				/* print final_db_url into a buffer (leave space for .sig) */
+				len = strlen(final_db_url) + 5;
+			} else {
+				/* print server + filename into a buffer (leave space for separator and .sig) */
+				len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 6;
+			}
+
+			MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len,
+				{
+					free(syncpath);
+					umask(oldmask);
+					RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
+				}
+			);
+
+			if(final_db_url != NULL) {
+				snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s.sig", final_db_url);
+			} else {
+				snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s%s.sig", server, db->treename, dbext);
+			}
+
+			payload.handle = handle;
+			payload.force = 1;
+			payload.errors_ok = (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
+
+			/* set hard upper limit of 16KiB */
+			payload.max_size = 16 * 1024;
+
+			sig_ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL, NULL);
+			/* errors_ok suppresses error messages, but not the return code */
+			sig_ret = payload.errors_ok ? 0 : sig_ret;
+			_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
 		}
 
-		payload->handle = handle;
-		payload->force = dbforce;
-		payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
-		payload->download_signature = (siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE);
-		payload->signature_optional = (siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
-		/* set hard upper limit of 128 MiB */
-		payload->max_size = 128 * 1024 * 1024;
-		payloads = alpm_list_add(payloads, payload);
-	}
-	if(payloads == NULL) {
-		ret = 0;
-		goto cleanup;
-	}
-
-	event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_START;
-	EVENT(handle, &event);
-	ret = _alpm_download(handle, payloads, syncpath, temporary_syncpath);
-	if(ret < 0) {
-		event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_FAILED;
-		EVENT(handle, &event);
-		goto cleanup;
-	}
-	event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_DONE;
-	EVENT(handle, &event);
-
-	for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
-		alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
-		if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
-			continue;
+		if(ret != -1 && sig_ret != -1) {
+			break;
 		}
+	}
 
+	if(updated) {
 		/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
 		_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
 
@@ -245,31 +319,22 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *dbs, int force)
 		db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
 
 		/* if the download failed skip validation to preserve the download error */
-		if(sync_db_validate(db) != 0) {
-			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to validate db: %s\n",
-					db->treename);
+		if(ret != -1 && sync_db_validate(db) != 0) {
 			/* pm_errno should be set */
 			ret = -1;
 		}
 	}
 
-cleanup:
-	_alpm_handle_unlock(handle);
-
 	if(ret == -1) {
 		/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
-		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync dbs: %s\n",
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s\n",
 				alpm_strerror(handle->pm_errno));
 	} else {
-		handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+		handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	}
 
-	if(payloads) {
-		alpm_list_free_inner(payloads, (alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_dload_payload_reset);
-		FREELIST(payloads);
-	}
-	FREE(temporary_syncpath);
-	FREE(syncpath);
+	_alpm_handle_unlock(handle);
+	free(syncpath);
 	umask(oldmask);
 	return ret;
 }
@@ -278,7 +343,7 @@ cleanup:
 static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 		struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg);
 
-static int _sync_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
+static alpm_pkgvalidation_t _sync_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
 	if(pkg->validation) {
 		return pkg->validation;
@@ -301,22 +366,6 @@ static int _sync_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 	return pkg->validation;
 }
 
-/** Package sync operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
- * because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
- * add only a few operations of our own on top.
- */
-static const struct pkg_operations *get_sync_pkg_ops(void)
-{
-	static struct pkg_operations sync_pkg_ops;
-	static int sync_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
-	if(!sync_pkg_ops_initialized) {
-		sync_pkg_ops = default_pkg_ops;
-		sync_pkg_ops.get_validation = _sync_get_validation;
-		sync_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
-	}
-	return &sync_pkg_ops;
-}
-
 static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
 		const char **entry_filename, alpm_pkg_t *likely_pkg)
 {
@@ -357,21 +406,14 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
 
 		pkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
 		pkg->origin_data.db = db;
-		pkg->ops = get_sync_pkg_ops();
+		pkg->ops = &default_pkg_ops;
+		pkg->ops->get_validation = _sync_get_validation;
 		pkg->handle = db->handle;
 
-		if(_alpm_pkg_check_meta(pkg) != 0) {
-			_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
-			RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID, NULL);
-		}
-
 		/* add to the collection */
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
 				pkg->name, db->treename);
-		if(_alpm_pkghash_add(&db->pkgcache, pkg) == NULL) {
-			_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
-			RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
-		}
+		db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
 	} else {
 		free(pkgname);
 		free(pkgver);
@@ -382,8 +424,9 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
 
 /* This function doesn't work as well as one might think, as size of database
  * entries varies considerably. Adding signatures nearly doubles the size of a
- * single entry. These  current values are heavily influenced by Arch Linux;
- * databases with a single signature per package. */
+ * single entry; deltas also can make for large variations in size. These
+ * current values are heavily influenced by Arch Linux; databases with no
+ * deltas and a single signature per package. */
 static size_t estimate_package_count(struct stat *st, struct archive *archive)
 {
 	int per_package;
@@ -422,7 +465,6 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
 	size_t est_count, count;
 	int fd;
 	int ret = 0;
-	int archive_ret;
 	struct stat buf;
 	struct archive *archive;
 	struct archive_entry *entry;
@@ -443,8 +485,6 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
 	fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, dbpath, &buf,
 			&archive, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN);
 	if(fd < 0) {
-		db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
-		db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
 		return -1;
 	}
 	est_count = estimate_package_count(&buf, archive);
@@ -457,37 +497,25 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
 
 	db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count);
 	if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
+		db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
 		ret = -1;
-		GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup);
+		goto cleanup;
 	}
 
-	while((archive_ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
+	while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
 		mode_t mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
-		if(!S_ISDIR(mode)) {
-			/* we have desc or depends - parse it */
+		if(S_ISDIR(mode)) {
+			continue;
+		} else {
+			/* we have desc, depends or deltas - parse it */
 			if(sync_db_read(db, archive, entry, &pkg) != 0) {
 				_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
 						_("could not parse package description file '%s' from db '%s'\n"),
 						archive_entry_pathname(entry), db->treename);
-				ret = -1;
+				continue;
 			}
 		}
 	}
-	/* the db file was successfully read, but contained errors */
-	if(ret == -1) {
-		db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
-		db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
-		_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
-		GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, cleanup);
-	}
-	/* reading the db file failed */
-	if(archive_ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
-		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not read db '%s' (%s)\n"),
-				db->treename, archive_error_string(archive));
-		_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
-		ret = -1;
-		GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, cleanup);
-	}
 
 	count = alpm_list_count(db->pkgcache->list);
 	if(count > 0) {
@@ -563,7 +591,7 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 {
 	const char *entryname, *filename;
 	alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
-	struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
+	struct archive_read_buffer buf;
 
 	entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
 	if(entryname == NULL) {
@@ -575,6 +603,7 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 	_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data from archive entry %s\n",
 			entryname);
 
+	memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
 	/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
 	buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
 
@@ -582,7 +611,7 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 
 	if(pkg == NULL) {
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
-				"entry %s could not be loaded into %s sync database\n",
+				"entry %s could not be loaded into %s sync database",
 				entryname, db->treename);
 		return -1;
 	}
@@ -591,12 +620,13 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 		/* A file exists outside of a subdirectory. This isn't a read error, so return
 		 * success and try to continue on. */
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("unknown database file: %s\n"),
-				entryname);
+				filename);
 		return 0;
 	}
 
 	if(strcmp(filename, "desc") == 0 || strcmp(filename, "depends") == 0
-			|| strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
+			|| strcmp(filename, "files") == 0
+			|| (strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0 && db->handle->deltaratio > 0.0) ) {
 		int ret;
 		while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
 			char *line = buf.line;
@@ -658,13 +688,29 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->optdepends);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%MAKEDEPENDS%") == 0) {
-				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->makedepends);
+				/* currently unused */
+				while(1) {
+					READ_NEXT();
+					if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
+				}
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%CHECKDEPENDS%") == 0) {
-				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->checkdepends);
+				/* currently unused */
+				while(1) {
+					READ_NEXT();
+					if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
+				}
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->conflicts);
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
 				READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->provides);
+			} else if(strcmp(line, "%DELTAS%") == 0) {
+				/* Different than the rest because of the _alpm_delta_parse call. */
+				while(1) {
+					READ_NEXT();
+					if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
+					pkg->deltas = alpm_list_add(pkg->deltas,
+							_alpm_delta_parse(db->handle, line));
+				}
 			} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
 				/* TODO: this could lazy load if there is future demand */
 				size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
@@ -688,36 +734,22 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
 				}
 				/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
 				if(files_count > 0) {
-					REALLOC(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count, (void)0);
+					files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
+					/* make sure the list is sorted */
+					qsort(files, files_count, sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
 				} else {
 					FREE(files);
 				}
 				pkg->files.count = files_count;
 				pkg->files.files = files;
-				_alpm_filelist_sort(&pkg->files);
-			} else if(strcmp(line, "%DATA%") == 0) {
-				alpm_list_t *i, *lines = NULL;
-				READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
-				for(i = lines; i; i = i->next) {
-					alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(i->data);
-					if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&pkg->xdata, pd)) {
-						_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
-						FREELIST(lines);
-						goto error;
-					}
-				}
-				FREELIST(lines);
-			} else {
-				_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in sync database\n"), pkg->name, line);
-				alpm_list_t *lines = NULL;
-				READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
-				FREELIST(lines);
 			}
 		}
 		if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
 			goto error;
 		}
 		*likely_pkg = pkg;
+	} else if(strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0) {
+		/* skip reading delta files if UseDelta is unset */
 	} else {
 		/* unknown database file */
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unknown database file: %s\n", filename);
@@ -737,15 +769,15 @@ struct db_operations sync_db_ops = {
 };
 
 alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
-		int level)
+		alpm_siglevel_t level)
 {
 	alpm_db_t *db;
 
 	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
 
 #ifndef HAVE_LIBGPGME
-	if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
-		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES, NULL);
+	if(level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
+		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -762,3 +794,5 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
 	handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
 	return db;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/conflict.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  conflict.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
@@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ static alpm_conflict_t *conflict_new(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2,
 
 	CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
 
-	ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg1, &conflict->package1) == 0, goto error);
-	ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg2, &conflict->package2) == 0, goto error);
+	conflict->package1_hash = pkg1->name_hash;
+	conflict->package2_hash = pkg2->name_hash;
+	STRDUP(conflict->package1, pkg1->name, goto error);
+	STRDUP(conflict->package2, pkg2->name, goto error);
 	conflict->reason = reason;
 
 	return conflict;
@@ -61,12 +63,14 @@ error:
 	return NULL;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Free a conflict and its members.
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
 {
 	ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
-	_alpm_pkg_free(conflict->package1);
-	_alpm_pkg_free(conflict->package2);
-
+	FREE(conflict->package2);
+	FREE(conflict->package1);
 	FREE(conflict);
 }
 
@@ -78,8 +82,10 @@ alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
 	alpm_conflict_t *newconflict;
 	CALLOC(newconflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
 
-	ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(conflict->package1, &newconflict->package1) == 0, goto error);
-	ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(conflict->package2, &newconflict->package2) == 0, goto error);
+	newconflict->package1_hash = conflict->package1_hash;
+	newconflict->package2_hash = conflict->package2_hash;
+	STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, goto error);
+	STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, goto error);
 	newconflict->reason = conflict->reason;
 
 	return newconflict;
@@ -102,10 +108,10 @@ static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
 	alpm_list_t *i;
 	for(i = haystack; i; i = i->next) {
 		alpm_conflict_t *conflict = i->data;
-		if(needle->package1->name_hash == conflict->package1->name_hash
-				&& needle->package2->name_hash == conflict->package2->name_hash
-				&& strcmp(needle->package1->name, conflict->package1->name) == 0
-				&& strcmp(needle->package2->name, conflict->package2->name) == 0) {
+		if(needle->package1_hash == conflict->package1_hash
+				&& needle->package2_hash == conflict->package2_hash
+				&& strcmp(needle->package1, conflict->package1) == 0
+				&& strcmp(needle->package2, conflict->package2) == 0) {
 			return 1;
 		}
 	}
@@ -237,6 +243,14 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
 	return baddeps;
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Check the package conflicts in a database
+ *
+ * @param handle the context handle
+ * @param pkglist the list of packages to check
+ *
+ * @return an alpm_list_t of alpm_conflict_t
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		alpm_list_t *pkglist)
 {
@@ -264,15 +278,12 @@ static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 
 	STRDUP(conflict->target, pkg1->name, goto error);
 	STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, goto error);
-	if(!pkg2) {
-		conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
-		STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, "", goto error);
-	} else if(pkg2->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB) {
-		conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
-		STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
-	} else {
+	if(pkg2) {
 		conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET;
 		STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
+	} else {
+		conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
+		STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, "", goto error);
 	}
 
 	conflicts = alpm_list_add(conflicts, conflict);
@@ -286,6 +297,9 @@ error:
 	RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, conflicts);
 }
 
+/**
+ * @brief Frees a conflict and its members.
+ */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
 {
 	ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
@@ -371,23 +385,6 @@ static alpm_list_t *alpm_db_find_file_owners(alpm_db_t* db, const char *path)
 	return owners;
 }
 
-static alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_find_file_owner(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
-{
-	alpm_list_t *i;
-	for(i = alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local); i; i = i->next) {
-		if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
-			return i->data;
-		}
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static int _alpm_can_overwrite_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path, const char *rootedpath)
-{
-	return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->overwrite_files, path) == 0
-		|| _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->overwrite_files, rootedpath) == 0;
-}
-
 /**
  * @brief Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction.
  *
@@ -422,7 +419,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 	for(current = 0, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
 		alpm_pkg_t *p1 = i->data;
 		alpm_list_t *j;
-		alpm_list_t *newfiles = NULL;
+		alpm_list_t *tmpfiles = NULL;
 		alpm_pkg_t *dbpkg;
 
 		int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
@@ -451,8 +448,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 					/* can skip file-file conflicts when forced *
 					 * checking presence in p2_files detects dir-file or file-dir
 					 * conflicts as the path from p1 is returned */
-					if(_alpm_can_overwrite_file(handle, filename, path)
-							&& alpm_filelist_contains(p2_files, filename)) {
+					if((handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE) &&
+							alpm_filelist_contains(p2_files, filename)) {
 						_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 							"%s exists in both '%s' and '%s'\n", filename,
 							p1->name, p2->name);
@@ -486,18 +483,18 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		 * be freed. */
 		if(dbpkg) {
 			/* older ver of package currently installed */
-			newfiles = _alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
+			tmpfiles = _alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
 					alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg));
 		} else {
 			/* no version of package currently installed */
 			alpm_filelist_t *fl = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
 			size_t filenum;
 			for(filenum = 0; filenum < fl->count; filenum++) {
-				newfiles = alpm_list_add(newfiles, fl->files[filenum].name);
+				tmpfiles = alpm_list_add(tmpfiles, fl->files[filenum].name);
 			}
 		}
 
-		for(j = newfiles; j; j = j->next) {
+		for(j = tmpfiles; j; j = j->next) {
 			const char *filestr = j->data;
 			const char *relative_path;
 			alpm_list_t *k;
@@ -506,7 +503,6 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 			struct stat lsbuf;
 			char path[PATH_MAX];
 			size_t pathlen;
-			int pfile_isdir;
 
 			pathlen = snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
 			relative_path = path + rootlen;
@@ -518,8 +514,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 
 			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
 
-			pfile_isdir = path[pathlen - 1] == '/';
-			if(pfile_isdir) {
+			if(path[pathlen - 1] == '/') {
 				if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
 					_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "file is a directory, not a conflict\n");
 					continue;
@@ -556,18 +551,6 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 					_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 							"local file will be removed, not a conflict\n");
 					resolved_conflict = 1;
-					if(pfile_isdir) {
-						/* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
-						 * necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
-						 * NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
-						size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
-						for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
-							const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
-							if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
-								break;
-							}
-						}
-					}
 				}
 			}
 
@@ -612,9 +595,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 			/* check if all files of the dir belong to the installed pkg */
 			if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
 				alpm_list_t *owners;
-				size_t dir_len = strlen(relative_path) + 2;
-				char *dir = malloc(dir_len);
-				snprintf(dir, dir_len, "%s/", relative_path);
+				char *dir = malloc(strlen(relative_path) + 2);
+				sprintf(dir, "%s/", relative_path);
 
 				owners = alpm_db_find_file_owners(handle->db_local, dir);
 				if(owners) {
@@ -658,29 +640,30 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 			}
 
 			/* skip file-file conflicts when being forced */
-			if(!S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)
-					&& _alpm_can_overwrite_file(handle, filestr, path)) {
+			if((handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE) &&
+					!S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
 				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 							"conflict with file on filesystem being forced\n");
 				resolved_conflict = 1;
 			}
 
 			if(!resolved_conflict) {
-				conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1,
-						_alpm_find_file_owner(handle, relative_path));
+				conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, NULL);
 				if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
 					alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
 							(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
 					alpm_list_free(conflicts);
-					alpm_list_free(newfiles);
+					alpm_list_free(tmpfiles);
 					return NULL;
 				}
 			}
 		}
-		alpm_list_free(newfiles);
+		alpm_list_free(tmpfiles);
 	}
 	PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", 100,
 			numtargs, current);
 
 	return conflicts;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/conflict.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  conflict.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -31,3 +31,5 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_CONFLICT_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/db.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  db.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -37,8 +37,14 @@
 #include "package.h"
 #include "group.h"
 
+/** \addtogroup alpm_databases Database Functions
+ * @brief Functions to query and manipulate the database of libalpm
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Register a sync database of packages. */
 alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_register_syncdb(alpm_handle_t *handle,
-		const char *treename, int siglevel)
+		const char *treename, alpm_siglevel_t level)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *i;
 
@@ -61,7 +67,7 @@ alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_register_syncdb(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		}
 	}
 
-	return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, siglevel);
+	return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, level);
 }
 
 /* Helper function for alpm_db_unregister{_all} */
@@ -75,6 +81,7 @@ void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
 	_alpm_db_free(db);
 }
 
+/** Unregister all package databases. */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *i;
@@ -95,6 +102,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	return 0;
 }
 
+/** Unregister a package database. */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	int found = 0;
@@ -104,7 +112,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
 	/* Do not unregister a database if a transaction is on-going */
 	handle = db->handle;
-	handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
 
 	if(db == handle->db_local) {
@@ -131,43 +139,19 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_cache_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
-{
-	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
-	return db->cache_servers;
-}
-
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_cache_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *cache_servers)
-{
-	alpm_list_t *i;
-	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
-	FREELIST(db->cache_servers);
-	for(i = cache_servers; i; i = i->next) {
-		char *url = i->data;
-		if(alpm_db_add_cache_server(db, url) != 0) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
+/** Get the serverlist of a database. */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
 	return db->servers;
 }
 
+/** Set the serverlist of a database. */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *servers)
 {
-	alpm_list_t *i;
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
 	FREELIST(db->servers);
-	for(i = servers; i; i = i->next) {
-		char *url = i->data;
-		if(alpm_db_add_server(db, url) != 0) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
+	db->servers = servers;
 	return 0;
 }
 
@@ -184,37 +168,24 @@ static char *sanitize_url(const char *url)
 	return newurl;
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_cache_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
-{
-	char *newurl;
-
-	/* Sanity checks */
-	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
-	ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
-
-	newurl = sanitize_url(url);
-	ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
-
-	db->cache_servers = alpm_list_add(db->cache_servers, newurl);
-	_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new cache server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
-			db->treename, newurl);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
+/** Add a download server to a database.
+ * @param db database pointer
+ * @param url url of the server
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
+ */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
 {
 	char *newurl;
 
 	/* Sanity checks */
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
 
 	newurl = sanitize_url(url);
-	ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
-
+	if(!newurl) {
+		return -1;
+	}
 	db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, newurl);
 	_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
 			db->treename, newurl);
@@ -222,32 +193,12 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_cache_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
-{
-	char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
-	int ret = 1;
-
-	/* Sanity checks */
-	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
-	ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
-
-	newurl = sanitize_url(url);
-	ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
-
-	db->cache_servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->cache_servers, newurl, &vdata);
-
-	if(vdata) {
-		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed cache server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
-				db->treename, newurl);
-		free(vdata);
-		ret = 0;
-	}
-
-	free(newurl);
-	return ret;
-}
-
+/** Remove a download server from a database.
+ * @param db database pointer
+ * @param url url of the server
+ * @return 0 on success, 1 on server not present,
+ * -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
+ */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
 {
 	char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
@@ -255,11 +206,13 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
 
 	/* Sanity checks */
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
 
 	newurl = sanitize_url(url);
-	ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+	if(!newurl) {
+		return -1;
+	}
 
 	db->servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->servers, newurl, &vdata);
 
@@ -274,19 +227,15 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
 	return ret;
 }
 
-alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_handle(alpm_db_t *db)
-{
-	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
-	return db->handle;
-}
-
+/** Get the name of a package database. */
 const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_name(const alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
 	return db->treename;
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
+/** Get the signature verification level for a database. */
+alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
 	if(db->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
@@ -296,18 +245,20 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
 	}
 }
 
+/** Check the validity of a database. */
 int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_valid(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	return db->ops->validate(db);
 }
 
+/** Get a package entry from a package database. */
 alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
 {
 	alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0,
 			RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
 
@@ -318,13 +269,15 @@ alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
 	return pkg;
 }
 
+/** Get the package cache of a package database. */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 	return _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db);
 }
 
+/** Get a group entry from a package database. */
 alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_group(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
@@ -335,32 +288,34 @@ alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_group(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
 	return _alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(db, name);
 }
 
+/** Get the group cache of a package database. */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 
 	return _alpm_db_get_groupcache(db);
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
-		alpm_list_t **ret)
+/** Searches a database. */
+alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
 {
-	ASSERT(db != NULL && ret != NULL && *ret == NULL,
-			RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
-	db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
+	ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
+	db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
 
-	return _alpm_db_search(db, needles, ret);
+	return _alpm_db_search(db, needles);
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int usage)
+/** Sets the usage bitmask for a repo */
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_usage(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_db_usage_t usage)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
 	db->usage = usage;
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int *usage)
+/** Gets the usage bitmask for a repo */
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_usage(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_db_usage_t *usage)
 {
 	ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
 	ASSERT(usage != NULL, return -1);
@@ -368,6 +323,9 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int *usage)
 	return 0;
 }
 
+
+/** @} */
+
 alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
 {
 	alpm_db_t *db;
@@ -390,7 +348,6 @@ void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db)
 	/* cleanup pkgcache */
 	_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
 	/* cleanup server list */
-	FREELIST(db->cache_servers);
 	FREELIST(db->servers);
 	FREE(db->_path);
 	FREE(db->treename);
@@ -417,14 +374,14 @@ const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db)
 		if(db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL) {
 			pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(db->treename) + 2;
 			CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
-			snprintf(db->_path, pathsize, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
+			sprintf(db->_path, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
 		} else {
 			const char *dbext = db->handle->dbext;
 
 			pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
 			CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 			/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
-			snprintf(db->_path, pathsize, "%ssync/%s%s", dbpath, db->treename, dbext);
+			sprintf(db->_path, "%ssync/%s%s", dbpath, db->treename, dbext);
 		}
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database path for tree %s set to %s\n",
 				db->treename, db->_path);
@@ -439,13 +396,13 @@ int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
 	return strcmp(db1->treename, db2->treename);
 }
 
-int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
-		alpm_list_t **ret)
+alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
+	alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
 
 	if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SEARCH)) {
-		return 0;
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* copy the pkgcache- we will free the list var after each needle */
@@ -458,15 +415,12 @@ int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
 		if(i->data == NULL) {
 			continue;
 		}
-		*ret = NULL;
+		ret = NULL;
 		targ = i->data;
 		_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for target '%s'\n", targ);
 
 		if(regcomp(&reg, targ, REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_ICASE | REG_NEWLINE) != 0) {
-			db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX;
-			alpm_list_free(list);
-			alpm_list_free(*ret);
-			return -1;
+			RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX, NULL);
 		}
 
 		for(j = list; j; j = j->next) {
@@ -509,18 +463,18 @@ int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
 				_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 						"search target '%s' matched '%s' on package '%s'\n",
 						targ, matched, name);
-				*ret = alpm_list_add(*ret, pkg);
+				ret = alpm_list_add(ret, pkg);
 			}
 		}
 
 		/* Free the existing search list, and use the returned list for the
 		 * next needle. This allows for AND-based package searching. */
 		alpm_list_free(list);
-		list = *ret;
+		list = ret;
 		regfree(&reg);
 	}
 
-	return 0;
+	return ret;
 }
 
 /* Returns a new package cache from db.
@@ -563,17 +517,18 @@ static void free_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
 
 void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
 {
-	if(db == NULL || db->pkgcache == NULL) {
+	if(db == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
 		return;
 	}
 
 	_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
 			"freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
 
-	alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache->list,
-			(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
-	_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
-	db->pkgcache = NULL;
+	if(db->pkgcache) {
+		alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache->list,
+				(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
+		_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
+	}
 	db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE;
 
 	free_groupcache(db);
@@ -634,10 +589,7 @@ int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 		? ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB
 		: ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
 	newpkg->origin_data.db = db;
-	if(_alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(&db->pkgcache, newpkg) == NULL) {
-		_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
-		RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
-	}
+	db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg);
 
 	free_groupcache(db);
 
@@ -771,3 +723,5 @@ alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
 
 	return NULL;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/db.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  db.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -62,24 +62,19 @@ struct db_operations {
 };
 
 /* Database */
-struct _alpm_db_t {
+struct __alpm_db_t {
 	alpm_handle_t *handle;
 	char *treename;
 	/* do not access directly, use _alpm_db_path(db) for lazy access */
 	char *_path;
 	alpm_pkghash_t *pkgcache;
 	alpm_list_t *grpcache;
-	alpm_list_t *cache_servers;
 	alpm_list_t *servers;
-	const struct db_operations *ops;
-
-	/* bitfields for validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
-	/* From _alpm_dbstatus_t */
-	int status;
-	/* alpm_siglevel_t */
-	int siglevel;
-	/* alpm_db_usage_t */
-	int usage;
+	struct db_operations *ops;
+	/* flags determining validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
+	enum _alpm_dbstatus_t status;
+	alpm_siglevel_t siglevel;
+	alpm_db_usage_t usage;
 };
 
 
@@ -88,16 +83,15 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local);
 void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db);
 const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db);
 int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2);
-int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
-		alpm_list_t **ret);
+alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles);
 alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle);
 alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
-		int level);
+		alpm_siglevel_t level);
 void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db);
 
 /* be_*.c, backend specific calls */
 int _alpm_local_db_prepare(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
-int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq);
+int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
 int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
 char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filename);
 
@@ -114,3 +108,5 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db);
 alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_DB_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/delta.c

@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/*
+ *  delta.c
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+
+/* libalpm */
+#include "delta.h"
+#include "alpm_list.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "graph.h"
+
+static alpm_list_t *graph_init(alpm_list_t *deltas, int reverse)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *i, *j;
+	alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
+	/* create the vertices */
+	for(i = deltas; i; i = i->next) {
+		alpm_graph_t *v = _alpm_graph_new();
+		if(!v) {
+			alpm_list_free(vertices);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		alpm_delta_t *vdelta = i->data;
+		vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size;
+		v->weight = LONG_MAX;
+		v->data = vdelta;
+		vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, v);
+	}
+
+	/* compute the edges */
+	for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
+		alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
+		alpm_delta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
+		/* loop a second time so we make all possible comparisons */
+		for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
+			alpm_graph_t *v_j = j->data;
+			alpm_delta_t *d_j = v_j->data;
+			/* We want to create a delta tree like the following:
+			 *          1_to_2
+			 *            |
+			 * 1_to_3   2_to_3
+			 *   \        /
+			 *     3_to_4
+			 * If J 'from' is equal to I 'to', then J is a child of I.
+			 * */
+			if((!reverse && strcmp(d_j->from, d_i->to) == 0) ||
+					(reverse && strcmp(d_j->to, d_i->from) == 0)) {
+				v_i->children = alpm_list_add(v_i->children, v_j);
+			}
+		}
+		v_i->childptr = v_i->children;
+	}
+	return vertices;
+}
+
+static void graph_init_size(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *vertices)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *i;
+
+	for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
+		char *fpath, *md5sum;
+		alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
+		alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
+
+		/* determine whether the delta file already exists */
+		fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, vdelta->delta);
+		if(fpath) {
+			md5sum = alpm_compute_md5sum(fpath);
+			if(md5sum && strcmp(md5sum, vdelta->delta_md5) == 0) {
+				vdelta->download_size = 0;
+			}
+			FREE(md5sum);
+			FREE(fpath);
+		} else {
+			char *fnamepart;
+			CALLOC(fnamepart, strlen(vdelta->delta) + 6, sizeof(char), return);
+			sprintf(fnamepart, "%s.part", vdelta->delta);
+			fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, fnamepart);
+			if(fpath) {
+				struct stat st;
+				if(stat(fpath, &st) == 0) {
+					vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size - st.st_size;
+					vdelta->download_size = vdelta->download_size < 0 ? 0 : vdelta->download_size;
+				}
+				FREE(fpath);
+			}
+			FREE(fnamepart);
+		}
+
+		/* determine whether a base 'from' file exists */
+		fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, vdelta->from);
+		if(fpath) {
+			v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
+		}
+		FREE(fpath);
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void dijkstra(alpm_list_t *vertices)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *i;
+	alpm_graph_t *v;
+	while(1) {
+		v = NULL;
+		/* find the smallest vertice not visited yet */
+		for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
+			alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
+
+			if(v_i->state == -1) {
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
+				v = v_i;
+			}
+		}
+		if(v == NULL || v->weight == LONG_MAX) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		v->state = -1;
+
+		v->childptr = v->children;
+		while(v->childptr) {
+			alpm_graph_t *v_c = v->childptr->data;
+			alpm_delta_t *d_c = v_c->data;
+			if(v_c->weight > v->weight + d_c->download_size) {
+				v_c->weight = v->weight + d_c->download_size;
+				v_c->parent = v;
+			}
+
+			v->childptr = (v->childptr)->next;
+
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static off_t shortest_path(alpm_list_t *vertices, const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *i;
+	alpm_graph_t *v = NULL;
+	off_t bestsize = 0;
+	alpm_list_t *rpath = NULL;
+
+	for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
+		alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
+		alpm_delta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
+
+		if(strcmp(d_i->to, to) == 0) {
+			if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
+				v = v_i;
+				bestsize = v->weight;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	while(v != NULL) {
+		alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
+		rpath = alpm_list_add(rpath, vdelta);
+		v = v->parent;
+	}
+	*path = alpm_list_reverse(rpath);
+	alpm_list_free(rpath);
+
+	return bestsize;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the shortest path from one version to another.
+ * The shortest path is defined as the path with the smallest combined
+ * size, not the length of the path.
+ * @param handle the context handle
+ * @param deltas the list of alpm_delta_t * objects that a file has
+ * @param to the file to start the search at
+ * @param path the pointer to a list location where alpm_delta_t * objects that
+ * have the smallest size are placed. NULL is set if there is no path
+ * possible with the files available.
+ * @return the size of the path stored, or LONG_MAX if path is unfindable
+ */
+off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
+		const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *bestpath = NULL;
+	alpm_list_t *vertices;
+	off_t bestsize = LONG_MAX;
+
+	if(deltas == NULL) {
+		*path = NULL;
+		return bestsize;
+	}
+
+	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started delta shortest-path search for '%s'\n", to);
+
+	vertices = graph_init(deltas, 0);
+	graph_init_size(handle, vertices);
+	dijkstra(vertices);
+	bestsize = shortest_path(vertices, to, &bestpath);
+
+	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta shortest-path search complete : '%jd'\n", (intmax_t)bestsize);
+
+	alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
+	alpm_list_free(vertices);
+
+	*path = bestpath;
+	return bestsize;
+}
+
+static alpm_list_t *find_unused(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *to, off_t quota)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *unused = NULL;
+	alpm_list_t *vertices;
+	alpm_list_t *i;
+	vertices = graph_init(deltas, 1);
+
+	for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
+		alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
+		alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
+		if(strcmp(vdelta->to, to) == 0)
+		{
+			v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
+		}
+	}
+	dijkstra(vertices);
+	for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
+		alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
+		alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
+		if(v->weight > quota) {
+			unused = alpm_list_add(unused, vdelta->delta);
+		}
+	}
+	alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
+	alpm_list_free(vertices);
+	return unused;
+}
+
+/** \addtogroup alpm_deltas Delta Functions
+ * @brief Functions to manipulate libalpm deltas
+ * @{
+ */
+
+alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_unused_deltas(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
+{
+	ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
+	return find_unused(pkg->deltas, pkg->filename,
+			pkg->size * pkg->handle->deltaratio);
+}
+
+/** @} */
+
+#define NUM_MATCHES 6
+
+/** Parses the string representation of a alpm_delta_t object.
+ * This function assumes that the string is in the correct format.
+ * This format is as follows:
+ * $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile
+ * @param handle the context handle
+ * @param line the string to parse
+ * @return A pointer to the new alpm_delta_t object
+ */
+alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *line)
+{
+	alpm_delta_t *delta;
+	size_t len;
+	regmatch_t pmatch[NUM_MATCHES];
+	char filesize[32];
+
+	/* this is so we only have to compile the pattern once */
+	if(!handle->delta_regex_compiled) {
+		/* $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile*/
+		regcomp(&handle->delta_regex,
+				"^([^[:space:]]+) ([[:xdigit:]]{32}) ([[:digit:]]+)"
+				" ([^[:space:]]+) ([^[:space:]]+)$",
+				REG_EXTENDED | REG_NEWLINE);
+		handle->delta_regex_compiled = 1;
+	}
+
+	if(regexec(&handle->delta_regex, line, NUM_MATCHES, pmatch, 0) != 0) {
+		/* delta line is invalid, return NULL */
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	CALLOC(delta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
+
+	/* start at index 1 -- match 0 is the entire match */
+	len = pmatch[1].rm_eo - pmatch[1].rm_so;
+	STRNDUP(delta->delta, &line[pmatch[1].rm_so], len, goto error);
+
+	len = pmatch[2].rm_eo - pmatch[2].rm_so;
+	STRNDUP(delta->delta_md5, &line[pmatch[2].rm_so], len, goto error);
+
+	len = pmatch[3].rm_eo - pmatch[3].rm_so;
+	if(len < sizeof(filesize)) {
+		strncpy(filesize, &line[pmatch[3].rm_so], len);
+		filesize[len] = '\0';
+		delta->delta_size = _alpm_strtoofft(filesize);
+	}
+
+	len = pmatch[4].rm_eo - pmatch[4].rm_so;
+	STRNDUP(delta->from, &line[pmatch[4].rm_so], len, goto error);
+
+	len = pmatch[5].rm_eo - pmatch[5].rm_so;
+	STRNDUP(delta->to, &line[pmatch[5].rm_so], len, goto error);
+
+	return delta;
+
+error:
+	_alpm_delta_free(delta);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+#undef NUM_MATCHES
+
+void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta)
+{
+	ASSERT(delta != NULL, return);
+	FREE(delta->delta);
+	FREE(delta->delta_md5);
+	FREE(delta->from);
+	FREE(delta->to);
+	FREE(delta);
+}
+
+alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta)
+{
+	alpm_delta_t *newdelta;
+	CALLOC(newdelta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
+	STRDUP(newdelta->delta, delta->delta, goto error);
+	STRDUP(newdelta->delta_md5, delta->delta_md5, goto error);
+	STRDUP(newdelta->from, delta->from, goto error);
+	STRDUP(newdelta->to, delta->to, goto error);
+	newdelta->delta_size = delta->delta_size;
+	newdelta->download_size = delta->download_size;
+
+	return newdelta;
+
+error:
+	_alpm_delta_free(newdelta);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/delta.h

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 /*
- *  sandbox_fs.h
+ *  delta.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2021-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,12 +17,19 @@
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-#ifndef ALPM_SANDBOX_FS_H
-#define ALPM_SANDBOX_FS_H
+#ifndef ALPM_DELTA_H
+#define ALPM_DELTA_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include "alpm.h"
 
-bool _alpm_sandbox_fs_restrict_writes_to(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path);
+alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *line);
+void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta);
+alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta);
+off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
+		const char *to, alpm_list_t **path);
 
-#endif /* ALPM_SANDBOX_FS_H */
+#endif /* ALPM_DELTA_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/deps.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  deps.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -152,48 +152,12 @@ static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 			j = next;
 		}
 
-		vertex_i->iterator = vertex_i->children;
+		vertex_i->childptr = vertex_i->children;
 	}
 	alpm_list_free(localpkgs);
 	return vertices;
 }
 
-static void _alpm_warn_dep_cycle(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *targets,
-		alpm_graph_t *ancestor, alpm_graph_t *vertex, int reverse)
-{
-	/* vertex depends on and is required by ancestor */
-	if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, vertex->data)) {
-		/* child is not part of the transaction, not a problem */
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* find the nearest ancestor that's part of the transaction */
-	while(ancestor) {
-		if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, ancestor->data)) {
-			break;
-		}
-		ancestor = ancestor->parent;
-	}
-
-	if(!ancestor || ancestor == vertex) {
-		/* no transaction package in our ancestry or the package has
-		 * a circular dependency with itself, not a problem */
-	} else {
-		alpm_pkg_t *ancestorpkg = ancestor->data;
-		alpm_pkg_t *childpkg = vertex->data;
-		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("dependency cycle detected:\n"));
-		if(reverse) {
-			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
-					_("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n"),
-					ancestorpkg->name, childpkg->name);
-		} else {
-			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
-					_("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n"),
-					ancestorpkg->name, childpkg->name);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
 /* Re-order a list of target packages with respect to their dependencies.
  *
  * Example (reverse == 0):
@@ -215,7 +179,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 {
 	alpm_list_t *newtargs = NULL;
 	alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
-	alpm_list_t *i;
+	alpm_list_t *vptr;
 	alpm_graph_t *vertex;
 
 	if(targets == NULL) {
@@ -226,35 +190,67 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 
 	vertices = dep_graph_init(handle, targets, ignore);
 
-	i = vertices;
+	vptr = vertices;
 	vertex = vertices->data;
-	while(i) {
+	while(vptr) {
 		/* mark that we touched the vertex */
-		vertex->state = ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSING;
-		int switched_to_child = 0;
-		while(vertex->iterator && !switched_to_child) {
-			alpm_graph_t *nextchild = vertex->iterator->data;
-			vertex->iterator = vertex->iterator->next;
-			if(nextchild->state == ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_UNPROCESSED) {
-				switched_to_child = 1;
+		vertex->state = -1;
+		int found = 0;
+		while(vertex->childptr && !found) {
+			alpm_graph_t *nextchild = vertex->childptr->data;
+			vertex->childptr = vertex->childptr->next;
+			if(nextchild->state == 0) {
+				found = 1;
 				nextchild->parent = vertex;
 				vertex = nextchild;
-			} else if(nextchild->state == ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSING) {
-				_alpm_warn_dep_cycle(handle, targets, vertex, nextchild, reverse);
+			} else if(nextchild->state == -1) {
+				/* child is an ancestor of vertex */
+				alpm_graph_t *transvertex = vertex;
+
+				if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, nextchild->data)) {
+					/* child is not part of the transaction, not a problem */
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				/* find the nearest parent that's part of the transaction */
+				while(transvertex) {
+					if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, transvertex->data)) {
+						break;
+					}
+					transvertex = transvertex->parent;
+				}
+
+				if(!transvertex || transvertex == nextchild) {
+					/* no transaction package in our ancestry or the package has
+					 * a circular dependency with itself, not a problem */
+				} else {
+					alpm_pkg_t *transpkg = transvertex->data;
+					alpm_pkg_t *childpkg = nextchild->data;
+					_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("dependency cycle detected:\n"));
+					if(reverse) {
+						_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
+								_("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n"),
+								transpkg->name, childpkg->name);
+					} else {
+						_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
+								_("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n"),
+								transpkg->name, childpkg->name);
+					}
+				}
 			}
 		}
-		if(!switched_to_child) {
+		if(!found) {
 			if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, vertex->data)) {
 				newtargs = alpm_list_add(newtargs, vertex->data);
 			}
 			/* mark that we've left this vertex */
-			vertex->state = ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSED;
+			vertex->state = 1;
 			vertex = vertex->parent;
 			if(!vertex) {
 				/* top level vertex reached, move to the next unprocessed vertex */
-				for(i = i->next; i; i = i->next) {
-					vertex = i->data;
-					if(vertex->state == ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_UNPROCESSED) {
+				for( vptr = vptr->next; vptr; vptr = vptr->next) {
+					vertex = vptr->data;
+					if(vertex->state == 0) {
 						break;
 					}
 				}
@@ -286,6 +282,12 @@ static int no_dep_version(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	return (handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION);
 }
 
+/** Find a package satisfying a specified dependency.
+ * The dependency can include versions with depmod operators.
+ * @param pkgs an alpm_list_t* of alpm_pkg_t where the satisfier will be searched
+ * @param depstring package or provision name, versioned or not
+ * @return a alpm_pkg_t* satisfying depstring
+ */
 alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstring)
 {
 	alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(depstring);
@@ -297,6 +299,15 @@ alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstri
 	return pkg;
 }
 
+/** Checks dependencies and returns missing ones in a list.
+ * Dependencies can include versions with depmod operators.
+ * @param handle the context handle
+ * @param pkglist the list of local packages
+ * @param remove an alpm_list_t* of packages to be removed
+ * @param upgrade an alpm_list_t* of packages to be upgraded (remove-then-upgrade)
+ * @param reversedeps handles the backward dependencies
+ * @return an alpm_list_t* of alpm_depmissing_t pointers.
+ */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		alpm_list_t *pkglist, alpm_list_t *rem, alpm_list_t *upgrade,
 		int reversedeps)
@@ -556,7 +567,7 @@ static void _alpm_select_depends(alpm_list_t **from, alpm_list_t **to,
 	for(i = *from; i; i = next) {
 		alpm_pkg_t *deppkg = i->data;
 		next = i->next;
-		if((explicit || alpm_pkg_get_reason(deppkg) == ALPM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND)
+		if((explicit || alpm_pkg_get_reason(deppkg) != ALPM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT)
 				&& _alpm_pkg_depends_on(pkg, deppkg)) {
 			*to = alpm_list_add(*to, deppkg);
 			*from = alpm_list_remove_item(*from, i);
@@ -628,9 +639,10 @@ int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t **targs, int include_explicit)
  * @param dep is the dependency to search for
  * @param dbs are the databases to search
  * @param excluding are the packages to exclude from the search
- * @param prompt if true, ask an alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t to decide
- *        if ignored packages should be installed; if false, skip ignored
- *        packages.
+ * @param prompt if true, will cause an unresolvable dependency to issue an
+ *        interactive prompt asking whether the package should be removed from
+ *        the transaction or the transaction aborted; if false, simply returns
+ *        an error code without prompting
  * @return the resolved package
  **/
 static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
@@ -682,8 +694,9 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
 		}
 		for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); j; j = j->next) {
 			alpm_pkg_t *pkg = j->data;
-			if((pkg->name_hash != dep->name_hash || strcmp(pkg->name, dep->name) != 0)
-					&& _alpm_depcmp_provides(dep, alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg))
+			/* with hash != hash, we can even skip the strcmp() as we know they can't
+			 * possibly be the same string */
+			if(pkg->name_hash != dep->name_hash && _alpm_depcmp(pkg, dep)
 					&& !alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
 				if(alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
 					alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t question = {
@@ -704,19 +717,20 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
 				}
 				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "provider found (%s provides %s)\n",
 						pkg->name, dep->name);
-
-				/* provide is already installed so return early instead of prompting later */
-				if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkg->name)) {
-					alpm_list_free(providers);
-					return pkg;
-				}
-
 				providers = alpm_list_add(providers, pkg);
 				/* keep looking for other providers in the all dbs */
 			}
 		}
 	}
 
+	/* first check if one provider is already installed locally */
+	for(i = providers; i; i = i->next) {
+		alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
+		if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkg->name)) {
+			alpm_list_free(providers);
+			return pkg;
+		}
+	}
 	count = alpm_list_count(providers);
 	if(count >= 1) {
 		alpm_question_select_provider_t question = {
@@ -748,6 +762,15 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
 	return NULL;
 }
 
+/** Find a package satisfying a specified dependency.
+ * First look for a literal, going through each db one by one. Then look for
+ * providers. The first satisfier found is returned.
+ * The dependency can include versions with depmod operators.
+ * @param handle the context handle
+ * @param dbs an alpm_list_t* of alpm_db_t where the satisfier will be searched
+ * @param depstring package or provision name, versioned or not
+ * @return a alpm_pkg_t* satisfying depstring
+ */
 alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_dbs_satisfier(alpm_handle_t *handle,
 		alpm_list_t *dbs, const char *depstring)
 {
@@ -862,6 +885,11 @@ int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs,
 	return ret;
 }
 
+/** Reverse of splitdep; make a dep string from a alpm_depend_t struct.
+ * The string must be freed!
+ * @param dep the depend to turn into a string
+ * @return a string-formatted dependency with operator if necessary
+ */
 char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_compute_string(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
 {
 	const char *name, *opr, *ver, *desc_delim, *desc;
@@ -924,3 +952,4 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_compute_string(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
 
 	return str;
 }
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/deps.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  deps.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -39,3 +39,5 @@ int _alpm_depcmp_provides(alpm_depend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *provisions);
 int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_DEPS_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/diskspace.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  diskspace.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2010-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2010-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -111,10 +111,6 @@ static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	}
 
 	while((mnt = getmntent(fp))) {
-		if(mnt->mnt_dir == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
 		CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 		STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, mnt->mnt_dir, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 		mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
@@ -138,10 +134,6 @@ static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	}
 
 	while((ret = getmntent(fp, &mnt)) == 0) {
-		if(mnt->mnt_mountp == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
 		CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 		STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, mnt->mnt_mountp,  free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 		mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
@@ -169,10 +161,6 @@ static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
 	}
 
 	for(; entries-- > 0; fsp++) {
-		if(fsp->f_mntonname == NULL) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
 		CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 		STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, fsp->f_mntonname, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
 		mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
@@ -371,7 +359,7 @@ static int check_mountpoint(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_mountpoint_t *mp)
 }
 
 int _alpm_check_downloadspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir,
-		size_t num_files, const off_t *file_sizes)
+		size_t num_files, off_t *file_sizes)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *mount_points;
 	alpm_mountpoint_t *cachedir_mp;
@@ -512,3 +500,5 @@ finish:
 
 	return 0;
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/diskspace.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  diskspace.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2010-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2010-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ enum mount_fsinfo {
 	MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL,
 };
 
-typedef struct _alpm_mountpoint_t {
+typedef struct __alpm_mountpoint_t {
 	/* mount point information */
 	char *mount_dir;
 	size_t mount_dir_len;
@@ -58,6 +58,8 @@ typedef struct _alpm_mountpoint_t {
 
 int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle);
 int _alpm_check_downloadspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir,
-		size_t num_files, const off_t *file_sizes);
+		size_t num_files, off_t *file_sizes);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_DISKSPACE_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/dload.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  dload.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -26,24 +26,13 @@
 struct dload_payload {
 	alpm_handle_t *handle;
 	const char *tempfile_openmode;
-	/* name of the remote file */
 	char *remote_name;
-	/* temporary file name, to which the payload is downloaded */
 	char *tempfile_name;
-	/* name to which the downloaded file will be renamed */
 	char *destfile_name;
-	/* client has to provide either
-	 *  1) fileurl - full URL to the file
-	 *  2) pair of (servers, filepath), in this case ALPM iterates over the
-	 *     server list and tries to download "$server/$filepath"
-	 */
+	char *content_disp_name;
 	char *fileurl;
-	char *filepath; /* download URL path */
-	alpm_list_t *cache_servers;
 	alpm_list_t *servers;
 	long respcode;
-	/* the mtime of the existing version of this file, if there is one */
-	long mtime_existing_file;
 	off_t initial_size;
 	off_t max_size;
 	off_t prevprogress;
@@ -51,22 +40,17 @@ struct dload_payload {
 	int allow_resume;
 	int errors_ok;
 	int unlink_on_fail;
-	int download_signature; /* specifies if an accompanion *.sig file need to be downloaded*/
-	int signature_optional; /* *.sig file is optional */
+	int trust_remote_name;
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
-	CURL *curl;
-	char error_buffer[CURL_ERROR_SIZE];
-	int signature; /* specifies if this payload is for a signature file */
-	int request_errors_ok; /* per-request errors-ok */
+	CURLcode curlerr;       /* last error produced by curl */
 #endif
-	FILE *localf; /* temp download file */
 };
 
 void _alpm_dload_payload_reset(struct dload_payload *payload);
 
-int _alpm_download(alpm_handle_t *handle,
-		alpm_list_t *payloads /* struct dload_payload */,
-		const char *localpath,
-		const char *temporary_localpath);
+int _alpm_download(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath,
+		char **final_file, const char **final_url);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_DLOAD_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/error.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  error.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -90,8 +90,6 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(alpm_errno_t err)
 			return _("transaction not initialized");
 		case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET:
 			return _("duplicate target");
-		case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_FILENAME:
-			return _("duplicate filename");
 		case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED:
 			return _("transaction not initialized");
 		case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_PREPARED:
@@ -125,11 +123,18 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(alpm_errno_t err)
 			return _("package filename is not valid");
 		case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH:
 			return _("package architecture is not valid");
+		case ALPM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND:
+			return _("could not find repository for target");
 		/* Signatures */
 		case ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING:
 			return _("missing PGP signature");
 		case ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID:
 			return _("invalid PGP signature");
+		/* Deltas */
+		case ALPM_ERR_DLT_INVALID:
+			return _("invalid or corrupted delta");
+		case ALPM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED:
+			return _("delta patch failed");
 		/* Dependencies */
 		case ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS:
 			return _("could not satisfy dependencies");
@@ -137,7 +142,7 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(alpm_errno_t err)
 			return _("conflicting dependencies");
 		case ALPM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS:
 			return _("conflicting files");
-		/* Miscellaneous */
+		/* Miscellaenous */
 		case ALPM_ERR_RETRIEVE:
 			return _("failed to retrieve some files");
 		case ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX:
@@ -154,11 +159,10 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(alpm_errno_t err)
 			return _("gpgme error");
 		case ALPM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD:
 			return _("error invoking external downloader");
-		/* Missing compile-time features */
-		case ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES:
-				return _("compiled without signature support");
 		/* Unknown error! */
 		default:
 			return _("unexpected error");
 	}
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/filelist.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  filelist.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2012-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2012-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -111,19 +111,19 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_intersection(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
 
 /* Helper function for comparing files list entries
  */
-static int _alpm_files_cmp(const void *f1, const void *f2)
+int _alpm_files_cmp(const void *f1, const void *f2)
 {
 	const alpm_file_t *file1 = f1;
 	const alpm_file_t *file2 = f2;
 	return strcmp(file1->name, file2->name);
 }
 
-alpm_file_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_filelist_contains(const alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
+alpm_file_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
 		const char *path)
 {
 	alpm_file_t key;
 
-	if(!filelist || filelist->count == 0) {
+	if(!filelist) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -133,15 +133,4 @@ alpm_file_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_filelist_contains(const alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
 			sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
 }
 
-void _alpm_filelist_sort(alpm_filelist_t *filelist)
-{
-	size_t i;
-	for(i = 1; i < filelist->count; i++) {
-		if(strcmp(filelist->files[i - 1].name, filelist->files[i].name) > 0) {
-			/* filelist is not pre-sorted */
-			qsort(filelist->files, filelist->count,
-					sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/filelist.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  filelist.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2012-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2012-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
 alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_intersection(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
 		alpm_filelist_t *filesB);
 
-void _alpm_filelist_sort(alpm_filelist_t *filelist);
+int _alpm_files_cmp(const void *f1, const void *f2);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_FILELIST_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/graph.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  graph.c - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2007-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -36,3 +36,5 @@ void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
 	alpm_list_free(graph->children);
 	free(graph);
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/graph.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  graph.h - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2007-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,22 +23,18 @@
 
 #include "alpm_list.h"
 
-enum _alpm_graph_vertex_state {
-	ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_UNPROCESSED,
-	ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSING,
-	ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSED
-};
-
-typedef struct _alpm_graph_t {
+typedef struct __alpm_graph_t {
 	void *data;
-	struct _alpm_graph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
+	struct __alpm_graph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
 	alpm_list_t *children;
-	alpm_list_t *iterator; /* used for DFS without recursion */
+	alpm_list_t *childptr; /* points to a child in children list */
 	off_t weight; /* weight of the node */
-	enum _alpm_graph_vertex_state state;
+	signed char state; /* 0: untouched, -1: entered, other: leaving time */
 } alpm_graph_t;
 
 alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void);
 void _alpm_graph_free(void *data);
 
 #endif /* ALPM_GRAPH_H */
+
+/* vim: set noet: */

lib/libalpm/group.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  group.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -49,3 +49,5 @@ void _alpm_group_free(alpm_group_t *grp)
 	alpm_list_free(grp->packages);
 	FREE(grp);
 }
+
+/* vim: set noet: */